46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1113, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth uniform minimum requirements for oceanographic research vessels designated in accordance with § 3.10-1 of this title and subject to Coast Guard inspection requirements. The regulations are necessary
The regulations in this subchapter contain requirements for materials, design, construction, equipment, lifesaving appliances and procedures, fire protection, and fire prevention procedures, inspection and certification, and special operational requirements for oceanographic research vessels, including the handling, use, and control of explosives and other dangerous articles or substances.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in accordance with subchapter 1.03 of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(a) This subchapter shall be applicable to all U.S.-flag vessels indicated in Column 7 of Table 188.05-1(a) to the extent prescribed by applicable laws and the regulations in this subchapter, except as follows:
(1) Any foreign vessel.
(2) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not navigable waters of the United States.
(3) Any vessel while laid up and dismantled and out of commission.
(4) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime Administration, any vessel with title vested in the United States and which is used for public purposes.
(a) The oceanographic research vessel shall comply with 49 CFR parts 171-179 whenever applicable, except to the extent as specifically provided otherwise in this subchapter.
(b) In order not to inhibit the mission of vessels subject to this subchapter, the Coast Guard will not require plan approval of design nor inspection of scientific equipment except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this subchapter. However, it is the responsibility of the owner to have incorporated into the design and to maintain such equipment to applicable safety standards.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) At the beginning of the various parts, subparts, and sections, a more specific application is generally given for the particular portion of the text involved. This application sets forth the types, sizes, or services or vessels to which the text pertains, and in many cases limits the application of the text to vessels contracted for before or after a specific date. As used in this subchapter, the term “vessels contracted for” includes not only the contracting for the construction of a vessel, but also the contracting for a material alteration to a vessel, the contracting for the conversion of a vessel to an oceanographic research vessel, and the changing of area of operation of a vessel if such change increases or modifies the general requirements for the vessel or increases the hazards to which it might be subjected.
(a) Vessels inspected and certificated for ocean or unlimited coastwise routes shall be considered suitable for navigation insofar as the provisions of this subchapter are concerned on any inland routes, including the Great Lakes.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the regulations in this subchapter that apply to a vessel on an “international voyage” apply to a vessel that—
(1) Is mechanically propelled and of at least 500 gross tons; and
(2) Is engaged on a voyage—
(i) From a country to which the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, (SOLAS 74) applies, to
(ii) From any territory, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, all possessions of the United States, and all lands held by the United States under a protectorate or mandate, whose international relations are the responsibility of a contracting SOLAS 74 government, or which is administered by the United Nations, to a port outside that territory or the reverse; or
(iii) Between the contiguous states of the United States and the states of Hawaii or Alaska or between the states of Hawaii and Alaska.
(b) The regulations that apply to a vessel on an “international voyage” in this subchapter do not apply to a vessel that—
(1) Solely navigates the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63rd Meridian; or
(2) Is numbered in accordance with 46 U.S.C. Chapter 123.
(c) The Commandant or his authorized representative may exempt any vessel on an international voyage from the requirements of this subchapter if the vessel—
(1) Makes a single international voyage in exceptional circumstances; and
(2) Meets safety requirements prescribed for the voyage by the Commandant.
(d) The Commandant or his authorized representative may exempt any vessel from the construction requirements of this subchapter if the vessel does not proceed more than 20 nautical miles from the nearest land in the course of its voyage.
(a) Scientific personnel on oceanographic research vessels are not considered to be seamen or passengers, but are considered as “persons” when requirements are based on total persons on board.
(b) Scientific personnel on such vessels shall not be required to possess seamen's documents nor shall they be required to sign shipping articles.
(a) Certificated vessels shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Load Line Acts, and regulations in Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter.
This term means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise stated.
This term means a container which is properly labeled, marked and approved by DOT for the commodity which it contains.
This term means any non-self-propelled vessel.
This term means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, gives immediate direction to Coast Guard law enforcement activities within his assigned area. In addition, the District Commander shall be the Captain of the Port with respect to remaining areas in his district not assigned to officers designated by the Commandant as Captain of the Port.
This term means those chemicals intended for use in the performance of the vessel's scientific activities and is further defined in § 194.05-3.
This term refers to any compartment specifically constructed or modified for the stowage of chemical stores and so designated and identified.
This term includes any space in which experiments are conducted or chemicals are used for scientific purposes in conjunction with the research mission of the vessel, and is so identified.
This term means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within the officer's district, which include the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II of Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels normally navigating the waters of any ocean or the Gulf of Mexico 20 nautical miles or less offshore.
This term includes any liquid whose flashpoint, as determined by an open cup tester, is above 80° F.
This term means the Commandant of the Coast Guard.
This term includes any material or mixture having in the container an absolute pressure exceeding 40 p.s.i. at 70° F.; or regardless of the pressure at 70° F., having an absolute pressure exceeding 104 p.s.i. at 130° F.; or any liquid flammable material having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 p.s.i. absolute at 100° F. as determined by the Reid method covered by the American Society for Testing Materials Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (D-323). Compressed gases are discussed in more detail in 49 CFR parts 171-179.
(a) This term includes those acids, alkaline caustic liquids, and other corrosive liquids which, when in contact with living tissues, will cause severe damage of such tissues, by chemical action; or in case of leakage, will materially damage or destroy other freight by chemical action, or are liable to cause fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain chemicals.
(b) A corrosive substance may be:
(1) Solid, such as iodine; or,
(2) Liquid, such as acids, or caustic soda solution; or,
(3) Gaseous, such as chlorine or sulfur dioxide.
This term means a chemical compound or mixture, the primary purpose of which is to function by explosion; i.e., with substantially instantaneous release of gas and heat. Explosives are discussed in more detail in 49 CFR parts 171-179.
This term includes any liquid whose flashpoint, as determined by an open cup tester, is 80° F. or below.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the Great Lakes.
This term means the Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(a) This section describes those voyages which are considered to be “international voyages” for the purposes of this subchapter.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the term “international voyage” as used in this subchapter shall have the same meaning as that contained in Regulation 2(d), Chapter I of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, i.e.,
(c) The International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, does not apply to vessels “solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the River St. Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63d Meridian.” Accordingly, such vessels shall not be considered as being on an “international voyage” for the purpose of this subchapter.
(d) In addition, although voyages between the continental United States and Hawaii or Alaska, and voyages between Hawaii and Alaska are not “international voyages” under the provisions of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, such voyages are similar in nature and shall be considered as “international voyages” for the purposes of this subchapter.
This term means the label required by 49 CFR part 172 to be affixed to containers of explosives or other hazardous materials.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the waters of any of the lakes, bays, or sounds, other than the waters of the Great Lakes.
This term means a gas which, under the charged pressure, is partially liquid at a temperature of 70° F.
This term means any flammable gas having a Reid vapor pressure exceeding 40 p.s.i. which has been liquefied.
These terms mean any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any other person as may be designated for the performance of duties with respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II of Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
These terms mean any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any person as may be designated for the performance of duties with respect to the inspection, enforcement, and administration to Title 52, Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, and rules and regulations thereunder.
This term means a vessel which is numbered under the provisions of 46 U.S.C. Chapter 123.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels navigating the waters of any ocean, or the Gulf of Mexico more than 20 nautical miles offshore.
The term
This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is in charge of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II of Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations issued under these statutes.
(a)
(b)
This phrase means a container having a capacity greater than 110 gallons, which is independent of the vessel's structure.
This term means the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society recognized by the Commandant.
Under this designation shall be included all vessels whose navigation is restricted to rivers and/or canals exclusively, and to such other waters as may be so designated by the Coast Guard District Commander.
A seagoing barge is a nonself-propelled vessel of at least 100 gross tons making voyages beyond the Boundary Line (as defined in 46 CFR part 7).
This term means equipment installed or carried on board an oceanographic research vessel and not normally required for the operation of a vessel or its machinery or for the navigation of the vessel, and which is used primarily in the gathering of scientific data or samples or in processing, analyzing, preserving, or storing such data or samples.
This term means those spaces on board an oceanographic research vessel used primarily for scientific experimentation or research, and are so identified.
This term means those persons who are aboard an oceanographic research vessel solely for the purpose of engaging in scientific research, or in instructing, or receiving instruction, in oceanography or limnology, and shall not be considered seamen under the provisions of Title 46, United States Code.
This term means any article or substance which is used on board a vessel subject to the appropriate portions of part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter for the upkeep and maintenance of the vessel; or for the safety or comfort of the vessel, its passengers or crew; or for the operation or navigation of the vessel (except fuel for its own machinery).
This term means any vessel which is not required to have, and does not have, a valid marine document issued by the U.S. Coast Guard.
Where the word “vessel” is used in this subchapter, it shall be considered to include all inspected and certificated oceanographic research vessels as listed in Column 7 of Table 188.05-1(a).
(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that any particular provision shall be made or arrangement shall be adopted, the Commandant may accept in substitution therefor any other fitting, material, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, or any other arrangement:
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus, or arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate equipment, apparatus, or arrangement to such an extent and upon such conditions as will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of safety consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this subchapter.
(a) In order not to inhibit design and application the Commandant may accept vessels of unusual, unique, special, or exotic design, both new and for conversion, after it is shown to his satisfaction that such a vessel is at least as safe as any vessel which meets the standards required by this subchapter.
(a) The marine engineering details shall be in accordance with Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(a) The electrical engineering details shall be in accordance with subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
All lifesaving appliances and arrangements shall be in accordance with the requirements for special purpose vessels in subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) Where in this subchapter an item, or method of construction, or testing is required to meet the stand-ards established by the American Bureau of Shipping, the current stand-ards in effect at the time of construction of the vessel, or otherwise as applicable, shall be used.
(b) The current standards of other recognized classification societies may also be accepted upon approval by the Commandant.
(a) The standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping are usually published annually and may be
(b) These standards may also be examined at the Office of the Commandant (G-MOC), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001, or at the Office of any Coast Guard District Commander or Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3205, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1118, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Except as noted in this subpart or subpart 189.05 of this part, no vessel subject to inspection and certification shall be operated without a valid certificate of inspection.
(a) The original certificate of inspection shall, in general, be framed under glass or other transparent material and posted in a conspicuous place where it will be most likely to be observed. On other vessels such as barges, where the framing of the certificate under glass would be impracticable, the original certificate of inspection shall be kept on board to be shown on demand.
(a) Certificates of Inspection will be issued for periods of either 1 or 2 years. Application may be made by the master, owner, or agent for inspection and issuance of a new certificate of inspection at any time during the period of validity of the current certificate.
(b) Certificates of inspection may be revoked or suspended by the Coast Guard where such process is authorized by law. This may occur if the vessel does not meet the requirements of law or regulations in this chapter or if there is a failure to maintain the safety requirements requisite to the issuance of a certificate of inspection.
(c)(1) In the case of the following vessels, modification of the period of validity of the certificate of inspection will be permitted as set forth in this paragraph:
(i) Non-self-propelled vessels of 100 gross tons and over proceeding on the high seas or ocean for the sole purpose of changing place of employment.
(ii) Non-self-propelled vessels of 100 gross tons and over making rare or infrequent voyages on the high seas or ocean and returning to the port of departure.
(2) The certificate of inspection may be issued for a specific period of time to cover a described situation or for one voyage only but in no case to exceed 2 years. The certificate of inspection will include the conditions under which the vessel must operate. Unless the vessel is in compliance with this subchapter insofar as it applies to seagoing barges of 100 gross tons and over, such vessel shall not carry any person on board while underway, and the certificate of inspection will be endorsed as an unmanned seagoing barge.
(a) If necessary to prevent delay of the vessel, a temporary certificate of inspection, Form CG-854, shall be issued pending the issuance and delivery of the regular certificate of inspection. Such temporary certificate shall be carried in the same manner as the regular certificate and shall in all ways be considered the same as the regular certificate of inspection which it represents.
(a) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may issue a permit to proceed to another port for repair, Form CG-948, to a vessel, if in his judgment it can be done with safety, even if the
(a) Such permit will only be issued upon the written application of the master, owner, or agent of the vessel.
(a) The permit will state upon its face the conditions under which it is issued.
(a) The permit shall be carried in a manner similar to that described in § 189.01-5 for a certificate of inspection.
In the inspection of hulls, boilers, and machinery of vessels, the standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping, see part 188, subpart 188.35 of this chapter, respecting material and construction of hulls, boilers, and machinery, and certificate of classification referring thereto, except where otherwise provided for by the rules and regulations in this subchapter, subchapter E (Load Lines), subchapter F (Marine Engineering), subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), and subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter shall be accepted as standard by the inspectors.
(a) The initial inspection is a prerequisite of the issuance of the original certificate of inspection.
(a) The initial inspection will only be made upon the written application of the owner or builder of the vessel to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, on Form CG-3752, Application for Inspection of U.S. Vessel, at or nearest the port where the vessel is located.
(a) Before application for inspection is made, and before construction is started, the owner or builder shall have plans approved by the Commandant indicating the proposed arrangement and construction of the vessel.
(b) The procedure for submitting plans and the list of plans to be supplied is set forth in subpart 189.55 of this part.
(a) The initial inspection, which may consist of a series of inspections during the construction of a vessel, shall include a complete inspection of the structure, machinery, and equipment, except scientific equipment which does not affect the safety of the vessel or personnel, but including the outside of the vessel's bottom, and the inside and outside of the boilers and unfired pressure vessels. The inspection shall be such as to insure that the arrangements, materials, and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, piping, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installations, lifesaving appliances, fire detecting and extinguishing equipment, pilot boarding equipment, pollution prevention equipment, and other equipment fully comply with the applicable regulations for such vessel and are in accordance with approved plans, and determine that the vessel is in possession of a valid certificate issued by the Federal Communications Commission, if any. The inspection shall be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the vessel and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory and that the vessel is provided with lights, means of making sound signals, and distress signals as required by applicable statutes and regulations.
(b) When equipment other than scientific equipment is installed which is not required by the applicable regulations in this subchapter, that equipment shall be inspected and tested as may be required for such equipment by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to assure safety.
(1) The electrical or pressure connections to the ship's supply shall be designed to marine standards and shall be free of personnel hazards.
(2) Scientific equipment will not be inspected but will be examined for external hazards associated with connection to the vessel, dangerous moving parts, extremes in temperature and shock.
The applicable tests and inspections as set forth in subpart 189.25 of this part shall be made at this time. In addition, the following specific tests and inspections shall be made by the marine inspector.
(a) For inspection procedures of lifesaving appliances and arrangements, see subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(b) Installation of carbon dioxide extinguishing piping. See § 193.15-15 of this subchapter.
(c) Marine engineering equipment and systems. See Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(d) Electrical engineering equipment and systems. See Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(a) If installed, the marine inspector shall examine the laboratories, storerooms, magazines, vans, and chests to insure that hazards are minimized.
(a) An inspection for certification is a prerequisite of the reissuance of a certificate of inspection.
(a) The inspection for certification will be made only upon written application of the master, owner, or agent of the vessel on Form CG-3752, Application for Inspection of U.S. Vessel, to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at or nearest the port where the vessel is located.
(a) The inspection for certification shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers, and other pressure vessels, machinery, and equipment. The inspection shall be such as to insure that the vessel, as regards the structure, boilers, and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, piping, main and auxilliary machinery, electrical installations, life-saving appliances, fire detecting and extinguishing equipment, pilot boarding equipment, pollution prevention equipment, and other equipment, is in satisfactory condition and fit for the service for which it is intended, and that it complies with the applicable regulations for such vessel, and determine that the vessel is in possession of a valid certificate issued by the Federal Communications Commission, if required. The lights, means of making sound signals, and distress signals carried by the vessel shall also be subject to the above-mentioned inspection for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
(b) When equipment other than scientific equipment is installed which is not required by the applicable regulations in this subchapter, that equipment shall be inspected and tested as may be required for such equipment by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to assure safety.
(1) Scientific equipment and their electrical or pressure connection to the ship's supply and laboratories may be checked to ascertain that they are maintained free of hazards.
For inspection procedures of lifesaving appliances and arrangements, see subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) At each inspection for certification and at such other times as considered necessary the inspector shall determine that all fire-extinguishing equipment is in suitable condition and he may require such tests as are considered necessary to determine the condition of the equipment. The inspector shall determine if the tests and inspections required by § 196.15-60 of this subchapter have been conducted. At each inspection for certification the inspector shall conduct the following tests and inspections of fire-extinguishing equipment:
(1) All hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire-extinguishing systems shall be checked as noted in Table 189.25-20(a)(1). In addition, the hand portable fire-extinguishers and semiportable fire-extinguishing systems shall be examined for excessive corrosion and general condition.
(2) Fixed fire-extinguishing systems shall be checked as noted in Table 189.25-20(a)(2). In addition, all parts of the fixed fire-extinguishing systems shall be examined for excessive corrosion and general conditions.
(3) On all fire-extinguishing systems all piping, controls, valves, and alarms shall be checked to ascertain that the system is in operating condition.
(4) The fire main system shall be operated and the pressure checked at the outlets having the greatest pressure drop between the fire pumps and the nozzles which may not always be the most remote and highest outlets. All firehoses shall be subjected to a test pressure equivalent to the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected in service, but not less than 100 p.s.i.
(a) At each inspection for certification the inspector shall conduct the following tests and inspections of hull equipment:
(1) All watertight doors shall be operated locally by manual power and also
(2) The remote controls of all valves shall be operated.
(3) An examination of installed weight, handling gear and related shipboard records shall be made to ascertain the condition and suitability of the equipment for the service intended. In conducting this examination the marine inspector shall be guided by the provisions of subpart 189.35. Current valid certificates and registers, issued by a recognized nonprofit organization or association approved by the Commandant, may be accepted as prima facie evidence of the condition and suitability of the weight handling gear. Weight handling gear certificates and registers will not be issued by the Coast Guard.
(a) For inspection procedures of Electrical Engineering equipment and systems, see Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(a) For inspection procedures of Marine Engineering equipment and systems, see Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
At each inspection for certification, the inspector shall examine the vessel to determine that it meets the vessel design and equipment requirements for pollution prevention in 33 CFR part 155, subpart B.
(a) At each inspection for certification, the quarters, toilets, and washing spaces, galleys, serving pantries, lockers, etc., shall be examined by the marine inspector to be assured that they are in a sanitary condition.
(a) At each inspection for certification, the inspector shall examine the tank tops and bilges in the machinery spaces to see that there is no accumulation of oil which might create a fire hazard.
(a) The marine inspector shall inspect every chemistry laboratory, scientific laboratory, and chemical storeroom during each inspection for certification.
(b) Magazines, vans, and chests shall be inspected during each inspection for certification.
(a) Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as limiting the inspector from making such tests or inspections as he deems necessary to be assured of the safety and seaworthiness of the vessel.
(a) At least one reinspection shall be made on each vessel holding a certificate of inspection valid for 2 years. This reinspection will be made, where possible, between the 10th and 14th months of the period for which the certificate is valid.
(b) No written application for reinspection will be required.
(a) In general, the scope of the reinspection shall be the same as for the inspection for certification, but will be in less detail unless it is determined that a major change has occurred since the last inspection.
(a) If the reinspection reveals deficiencies in the maintenance as called for by the regulations in this subchapter, such necessary repairs or improvements shall be made as may be ordered.
(a) Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as limiting the marine inspector from making such tests or inspections as he deems necessary to be
(a) A survey, either general or partial, according to the circumstances, shall be made every time an accident occurs or a defect is discovered which affects the safety of the vessel or the efficacy or completeness of its lifesaving appliances, firefighting or other equipment, or whenever any important repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to insure that the necessary repairs or renewals have been effectively made, that the material and the workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the vessel complies in all respects with the regulations in this subchapter.
(a) An inspection of quarters, toilet and washing spaces, serving pantries, galleys, etc., shall be made at least once in every month. If the route of the vessel is such that it is away from a U.S. port for more than 1 month, an inspection shall be conducted at least once every trip.
(a) The requirements of this subpart shall apply to all weight handling gear installed on oceanographic research vessels except weight handling gear designated to handle primary lifesaving equipment. Weight handling gear designated for this use shall meet the applicable portions of Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) Weight handling gear placed under the inspection and testing required for cargo gear by the classification society or cargo gear bureaus recognized in Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of this chapter may be considered as having met the intent of this subpart.
(a) In recognition of the special nature of oceanographic research vessel operations, it is intended that maximum flexibility be given to the owner or operator in complying with the safety requirements for weight handling gear in this subpart. The primary interest of the Coast Guard shall extend to hazards associated with the connections to the vessel, dangerous moving parts, extremes in temperature and shock hazards.
(a) An installation load test and safety assessment shall be conducted by the owner or operator. Section 189.35-13 may be used as a guide for the safety assessment. It shall be the responsibility of the owner or operator to notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of the time and place of the installation tests when occurring in a port of the United States to permit a marine inspector to witness the tests if desired. Subsequent owner or operator conducted tests may be required at the time of the vessel's inspection periods if a visual examination or review of the equipment record reveals evidence of an unsafe condition. Tests should normally consist of exercising the equipment as a unit with a proof load 25 percent in excess of the equipment's normal working load, however manufacturer's design limitations should not be exceeded. Consideration shall be given to the plans of loading when conducting these tests. Braking, safety and limiting devices shall be tested whenever feasible.
(a) Examination of weight handling gear will normally consist of a visual examination with access covers removed. Suitability of the equipment for the service intended will be emphasized. Disassembly of the equipment will be required only when there is evidence of a deficiency or an unsafe condition. Non-destructive tests, such as radiography, ultrasonic, electronic, or other methods may be used if appropriate, however will not be required.
(a) Plans will not normally be required, however depending on the use of the weight handling gear, submission of plans or other technical information may be required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Unless an unsafe condition is in evidence, vessel operations will not be delayed while plans or other technical information are under review. Plans, when required, shall normally include:
(1) One line electrical diagrams showing appropriate overload protection as currently required by subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(2) Plans showing hydraulic or pneumatic equipment.
(3) Stress and/or arrangement diagrams with supporting design calculations as appropriate to the specific equipment in question.
(b) When weight handling gear is built to a recognized code or specification, plans or other technical data will not normally be required. Purchase specification or vendor's information may be accepted in lieu of design calculations if sufficiently definitive of materials, design (safety) factors and operating limitations.
(c) Design information, when required, will be evaluated against the following minimum design criteria:
(1) Wet Weight Handling Gear: Wet gear shall be considered to consist of gear used to lower equipment, apparatus or objects beneath the surface of the water or for trailing objects, where the wire rope or cable is payed out beneath the surface and becomes part of the line pull at the head sheave or winch drum. Wet gear shall be designed, as a minimum, to withstand and operate in excess of the breaking strength of the strongest section or wire to be used in any condition of loading. The safety factor for all metal structural parts shall be a minimum of 1.5; i.e., the yield strength of the material shall be at least 1.5 times the calculated stresses resulting from application of a load equal to the nominal breaking strength of the strongest section or wire rope to be used. Suitable assumptions for the actual loading conditions shall be used in the design of wet gear. The lead of the wire rope from the head sheave or winch drum shall be considered to vary from the vertical and in azimuth in a manner to represent the most adverse loading condition.
(2) Other weight handling gear will be evaluated on the basis of the standards of a recognized organization or association recognized by the Commandant under § 31.10-6.
(3) Hydraulic or pneumatic systems will be evaluated on the basis of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(a) If the above safety requirements defeat the purpose of any particular piece of weight handling gear, consideration will be given to a relaxation of the requirements.
(a) The master of the vessel shall ensure the following:
(1) The gear is properly installed and secure.
(2) Suitable safety guards are installed in way of rotating machinery, hazardous cable runs and at other appropriate locations.
(3) Operating limitations are posted in an appropriate manner.
(4) Only qualified operators are permitted to operate the weight handling gear. The master shall designate the operators.
(5) A minimum number of persons are allowed in the immediate area.
(6) The installation does not violate the approved trim and stability information.
(7) A suitable permanent record is maintained on the equipment as appropriate showing such items as inspections, tests, important repairs and casualties experienced. This record shall be made available to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon request.
(b) Prior to a vessel's departure, an entry shall also be made in the official logbook that the ship's weight handling gear is in compliance with the applicable requirements in this subchapter.
(a) Where the installation of weight handling gear requires modifications to the vessel's structure or affects the stability in a manner which cannot be assessed by the information contained in the approved trim and stability information, appropriate plans and information shall be submitted for approval. The installation shall then be inspected by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection for conformance with the approved installation plans and information.
(a) Weight handling gear manufactured prior to March 1, 1968, will be accepted on the basis of appropriate tests and examinations should plans or other technical information not be available.
As used in this part—
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Except as provided for in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section, each vessel must undergo drydock and internal structural examinations as follows:
(1) Vessels that operate in salt water must undergo two drydock and two internal structural examinations within any five year period. No more than three years may elapse between any two examinations.
(2) Vessels that operate in fresh water at least six months in every 12 month period since the last drydock examination must undergo drydock and internal structural examinations at intervals not to exceed five years.
(b) Vessels with wooden hulls must undergo two drydock and two internal structural examinations within any five year period regardless of the type of water in which they operate. No more than three years may elapse between any two examinations.
(c) If, during an internal structural examination or underwater survey, damage or deterioration to the hull plating or structural members is discovered, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may require the vessel to be drydocked or otherwise taken out of service to further assess the extent of the damage and to effect permanent repairs.
(d) Each vessel under paragraph (a) of this section that is less than 15 years of age may be considered for an underwater survey instead of alternate drydock examinations, provided the vessel is fitted with an effective hull protection system. Vessel owners or operators must apply to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for approval of underwater surveys instead of alternate drydock examinations for each vessel. The application must include the following information:
(1) The procedure to be followed in carrying out the underwater survey.
(2) The location where the underwater survey will be accomplished.
(3) The method to be used to accurately determine the diver location relative to the hull.
(4) The means that will be provided for examining through-hull fittings.
(5) The means that will be provided for taking shaft bearing clearances.
(6) The condition of the vessel, including the anticipated draft of the vessel at the time of the survey.
(7) A description of the hull protection system.
(e) Vessels otherwise qualifying under paragraph (d) of this section, that are 15 years of age or older, may be considered for continued participation in or entry into the underwater survey program on a case-by-case basis if—
(1) Before the vessel's next scheduled drydocking, the owner or operator submits a request for participation or continued participation to Commandant (G-MOC);
(2) During the vessel's next drydocking after the request is submitted, no appreciable hull deterioration is indicated as a result of a complete set of hull gaugings; and
(3) The results of the hull gauging and the results of the Coast Guard drydock examination together with the recommendation of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, are submitted to Commandant (G-MOC) for final approval.
(f) Each vessel which has not met with the applicable examination schedules in paragraph (a) through (e) of this section because it is on a voyage, must undergo the required examinations upon completion of the voyage.
(g) The Commandant (G-MOC) may authorize extensions to the examination intervals specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The master, owner, operator, or agent of the vessel shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, whenever the vessel is to be drydocked regardless of the reason for drydocking.
(b) Each vessel, except barges, that holds a Load Line Certificate must have on board a plan showing the vessel's scantlings. This plan must be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector whenever the vessel undergoes a drydock examination, internal structural examination, or underwater survey or whenever repairs are made to the vessel's hull.
(c) Each barge that holds a Load Line Certificate must have a plan showing the barge's scantlings. The plan need not be maintained on board the barge but must be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector whenever the barge undergoes a drydock examination, internal structural examination, or underwater survey or whenever repairs are made to the barge's hull.
(a) Each fuel oil tank with at least one side integral to the vessel's hull and located within the hull (“integral fuel oil tank”) is subject to inspection as provided in this section. The owner or operator of the vessel shall have the tanks cleaned out and gas freed as necessary to permit internal examination of the tank or tanks designated by the marine inspector. The owner or operator shall arrange for an examination of the fuel tanks of each vessel during an internal structural examination at intervals not to exceed five years.
(b) Integral non-double-bottom fuel oil tanks need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by external examination that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(c) Double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels less than 10 years of age need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by external examination that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(d) All double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 10 years of age or older but less than 15 years of age need not be cleaned out and internally examined if the marine inspector is able to determine by internal examination of at least one forward double-bottom fuel oil tank, and by external examination of all other double-bottom fuel oil tanks on the vessel, that the general condition of the tanks is satisfactory.
(e) All double-bottom fuel oil tanks on vessels 15 years of age or older need
(a) No repairs or alterations affecting the stability or safety of the vessel with regard to the hull, machinery, and equipment shall be made without the knowledge of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Drawings of alterations shall be approved before work is started unless deemed unnecessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) Drawings will not be required for repairs in kind.
(d) Notice is not required for repairs or alterations to scientific equipment where the stability or safety of the vessel with regard to the hull and machinery or equipment is not affected.
(a) An inspection, either general or partial depending upon the circumstances, shall be made whenever any important repairs or alterations are undertaken.
(a) The provisions of “Standard for the Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels To Be Repaired,” NFPA No. 306, published by National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269, shall be used as a guide in conducting the inspections and issuance of certificates required by this section.
(b) Until an inspection has been made to determine that such operation can be undertaken with safety, no alterations, repairs, or other such operations involving riveting, burning, welding, or like fire-producing actions shall be made:
(1) Within or on the boundaries of tanks which have been used to carry combustible liquids or chemicals; or,
(2) Within spaces adjacent to tanks which have been used to carry Grade D combustible liquids, except where the distance between such tanks and the work to be performed is not less than twenty-five (25) feet; or,
(3) Within or on the boundaries of fuel tanks; or,
(4) Within or on the boundaries of tanks carrying Grade B or Grade C flammable liquids or within spaces adjacent to such tanks; or,
(5) To pipelines, heat coils, pumps, fittings, or other appurtenances connected to such fuel tanks.
(c) Such inspections shall be made and evidenced as follows:
(1) In ports or places in the United States or its territories and possessions the inspection shall be made by a marine chemist certificated by the National Fire Protection Association; however, if the services of such certified marine chemist are not reasonably available, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon the recommendation of the vessel owner and his contractor or their representative shall select a person who, in the case of an individual vessel, shall be authorized to make such inspection. If the inspection indicates that such operations can be undertaken with safety, a certificate setting forth the fact in writing and qualified as may be required, shall be issued by the certified marine chemist or the authorized person before the work is started. Such qualifications shall include any requirements as may be deemed necessary to maintain, insofar as can reasonably be done, the safe conditions in the spaces certified throughout the operation and shall include such additional tests and certifications as considered required. Such qualifications and requirements shall include precautions necessary to eliminate or minimize hazards that
(2) When not in such a port or place, and a marine chemist or such person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is not reasonably available, the inspection shall be made by the senior officer in the crew present and a proper entry shall be made in the vessel's logbook.
(d) It shall be the responsibility of the senior officer present to secure copies of certificates issued by the certified marine chemist or such person authorized by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. It shall be the responsibility of the senior officer in the crew present, insofar as the persons under his control are concerned, to maintain a safe condition on the vessel by full observance of all qualifications and requirements listed by the marine chemist in the certificate.
(a) The following list of required plans in § 189.55-5 is general in character, but includes all plans which normally show construction and safety features coming under the cognizance of the Coast Guard. In the case of a particular vessel, all of the plans enumerated may not be applicable and it is intended that only those plans and specifications be submitted as will clearly show the vessel's arrangements, construction and required equipment.
(b) In the following list of required plans in § 189.55-5, the items which must be approved by the American Bureau of Shipping for vessels classed by that organization are indicated by an asterisk. When prints bearing record of such approval by the American Bureau of Shipping are forwarded to the Coast Guard they will in general be accepted as satisfactory except insofar as the law or the Coast Guard regulations contain requirements which are not covered by the American Bureau of Shipping.
(a)
(2) General arrangement plan of decks, holds, inner bottoms, etc., and including inboard and outboard profile.
(b)
(2) *Midship section.
(3) *Shell plating and framing.
(4) *Stem, stern frame, and rudder.
(5) *Structural deck plans for strength decks.
(6) *Pillars and girders.
(7) *Watertight and oiltight bulkheads.
(8) *Foundations for main machinery and boilers.
(9) *Arrangement of ports, doors, and airports in shell plating.
(10) *Hatch coamings and covers in weather and watertight decks.
(11) *Details of hinged subdivision watertight doors and operating gear.
(12) *Scuppers and drains penetrating shell plating.
(13) Weight handling gear when required by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as provided for by § 189.35-9.
(c)
(d)
(2) Ventilation diagram including dampers and other fire control features.
(3) Details of alarm systems.
(4) Details of extinguishing systems, including fire mains, carbon dioxide, foam and sprinkling systems.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) Arrangement of lifeboats.
(2) Arrangement of davits.
(3) Location and stowage of liferafts and buoyant apparatus.
(h)
(i)
(2) Ventilation and sprinkler system calculations for magazines and magazine vans.
(j) For vessels of 100 meters (328 feet) or more in length contracted for on or after September 7, 1990, a plan must be included which shows how visibility from the navigation bridge will meet the standards contained in § 190.02-15 of this subchapter.
(a) In the event of alterations involving the safety of the vessel, the applicable plans shall be submitted for approval covering the proposed work except as modified by § 189.45-1.
(a) As the relative location of shipyards, design offices, and Coast Guard offices vary throughout the country, no specific routing will be required in the submittal of plans. In general, one of the following procedures would apply, but in a particular case, if a more expeditious procedure can be used, there will be no objection to its adoption.
(1) The plans may be submitted to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in the district in which the vessel is to be built. This procedure will be most expeditious in the case of those offices where personnel and facilities are available for examination and approval of plans locally.
(2) The plans may be submitted directly to the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20590-0001. In this case, the plans will be returned directly to the submitter, with a copy of the action being forwarded to the interested Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(3) The plans may be submitted directly to Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, 400 Seventh St., SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(4) In the case of classed vessels, upon specific request by the submitter, the American Bureau of Shipping will arrange to forward the necessary plans to the Coast Guard indicating its action thereon. In this case, the plans will be returned as noted in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(a) Three copies of each plan are normally required so that one can be returned to the submitter. If the submitter desires additional approved plans, a suitable number should be submitted to permit the required distribution.
The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all oceanographic research vessels on an international voyage. (See § 188.05-10 of this subchapter.)
(a) All vessels on an international voyage are required to have a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate. This certificate shall be issued by the U.S. Coast Guard or the American Bureau of Shipping to certain vessels on behalf of the United States of America as provided in Regulation 12, Chapter I, of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.
(b) All such vessels shall meet the applicable requirements of this chapter for vessels on an international voyage.
(a) All vessels on an international voyage are required to have a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.
(b) All such vessels shall meet the applicable requirements of this chapter for vessels on an international voyage.
(a) The application for Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate is made on FCC Form 801 to the local office of the Federal Communications Commission.
(b) Where applicable, a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate will be issued by the Federal Communications Commission to a vessel meeting its requirements for a vessel fitted with a radiotelegraph installation.
(a) The application for a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate is made on FCC Form 801 to the local office of the Federal Communications Commission.
(b) Where applicable, a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate will be issued by the Federal Communications Commission to a vessel meeting its applicable requirements for a vessel fitted with a radiotelephone installation.
(a) A vessel may be exempted by the Commandant from complying with certain requirements of the Convention under his administration upon request made in writing to him and transmitted via the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) When an exemption is granted to a vessel by the Commandant under and in accordance with the Convention, an Exemption Certificate describing such exemption shall be issued through the appropriate Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in addition to other required certificates.
All vessels to which 33 CFR part 96 applies on an international voyage must have a valid Safety Management Certificate and a copy of their company's valid Document of Compliance certificate on board.
(a) The certificates described in this subpart, or certified copies thereof, when issued to a vessel shall be posted in a prominent and accessible place on the vessel.
(b) The certificates shall be carried in a manner similar to that described in § 189.01-5 for a certificate of inspection.
(a) A Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued for a period of not more than 24 months.
(b) A Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate and a Safety Management Certificate are issued for a period of not more than 60 months.
(c) A Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate and a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate shall be issued for a period of not more than 12 months.
(d) An Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificate to which it refers.
(e) A Convention Certificate may be withdrawn, revoked, or suspended at any time when it is determined the vessel is no longer in compliance with applicable requirements. (See § 2.01-70 of this chapter for procedures governing appeals.)
(a) The American Bureau of Shipping, with its home office at Two World Trade Center, 106th Floor, New York, NY 10048, is hereby designated as an organization duly authorized to issue the “Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate” to certain oceanographic research vessels on behalf of the United States of America as provided in Regulation 12, Chapter I, of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and Executive Order 12234 and the certificate shall be subject to the requirements in this subpart. The American Bureau of Shipping is authorized to place the official seal of the United States of America on the certificate. This designation and delegation to the American Bureau of Shipping shall be in effect until terminated by proper authority and notice of cancellation is published in the
(b) At the option of the owner or agent of a vessel on an international voyage and on direct application to the American Bureau of Shipping, the Bureau may issue to such vessel a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, having a period of validity of not more than 60 months after ascertaining that the vessel:
(1) Has met the applicable requirements of the Convention; and
(2) Is currently classed by the Bureau and classification requirements have been dealt with to the satisfaction of the Bureau.
(c) When the Bureau determines that a vessel to which it has issued a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate no longer complies with the Bureau's applicable requirements for classification, the Bureau shall immediately furnish to the Coast Guard all relevant information, which will be used by the Coast Guard to determine whether or not to withdraw, revoke or suspend the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1125, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 190.01-90, shall apply to all vessels contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 190.01-90.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are:
(a) For vessels assigned a load line, see Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter for special requirements as to strength, closure of openings, etc.
(a) In general, compliance with the standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping, see subpart 188.35 of this subchapter, will be considered as satisfactory evidence of the structural efficiency of the vessel. However, in special cases, a detailed analysis of the entire structure or some integral part may be made by the Coast Guard to determine the structural requirements.
(a) Special consideration will be given to the structural requirements for small vessels or vessels of an unusual design not contemplated by the rules of the American Bureau of Shipping.
(a) Existing structure previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as it is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original construction.
(b) Conversions, major alterations, new installations, and replacements, shall meet the applicable specifications in this subpart for new vessels.
Each oceanographic research vessel which is 100 meters (328 feet) or more in length and contracted for on or after September 7, 1990, must meet the following requirements:
(a) The field of vision from the navigation bridge, whether the vessel is in a laden or unladen condition, must be such that:
(1) From the conning position, the view of the sea surface is not obscured forward of the bow by more than the lesser of two ship lengths or 500 meters (1640 feet) from dead ahead to 10 degrees on either side of the vessel. Within this arc of visibility any blind sector caused by cargo, cargo gear, or other permanent obstruction must not exceed 5 degrees.
(2) From the conning position, the horizontal field of vision extends over an arc from at least 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on one side of the vessel, through dead ahead, to at least 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on the other side of the vessel. Blind sectors forward of the beam caused by cargo, cargo gear, or other permanent obstruction must not exceed 10 degrees each, nor total more than 20 degrees, including any blind sector within the arc of visibility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(3) From each bridge wing, the field of vision extends over an arc from at least 45 degrees on the opposite bow, through dead ahead, to at least dead astern.
(4) From the main steering position, the field of vision extends over an arc from dead ahead to at least 60 degrees on either side of the vessel.
(5) From each bridge wing, the respective side of the vessel is visible forward and aft.
(b) Windows fitted on the navigation bridge must be arranged so that:
(1) Framing between windows is kept to a minimum and is not installed immediately in front of any work station.
(2) Front windows are inclined from the vertical plane, top out, at an angle of not less than 10 degrees and not more than 25 degrees.
(3) The height of the lower edge of the front windows is limited to prevent any obstruction of the forward view previously described in this section.
(4) The height of the upper edge of the front windows allows a forward view of the horizon at the conning position, for a person with a height of eye of 1.8 meters (71 inches), when the vessel is at a forward pitch angle of 20 degrees.
(c) Polarized or tinted windows must not be fitted.
Each vessel must comply with the applicable requirements in Subchapter S of this chapter.
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels, except as noted otherwise in this subpart.
(b) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall not be subject to the provisions of this subpart.
(a) The general construction of the vessel shall be such as to minimize fire hazards.
(a) Internal combustion engine exhausts, boiler, and galley uptakes, and similar sources of ignition shall be kept clear of and suitably insulated from any woodwork or other combustible matter.
(a) Chemical storerooms, lamp, paint, and oil lockers and similar compartments shall be constructed of steel or shall be wholly lined with metal.
(a) When a compartment containing the emergency source of electric power, or vital components thereof, adjoins a space containing either the ship's service generators or machinery necessary for the operation of the ship's service generators, all common bulkheads and/or decks shall be protected by approved “structural insulation” or other approved material. This protection shall be such as to be capable of preventing an excessive temperature rise in the space containing the emergency source of electric power, or vital components thereof, for a period of at least 1 hour in the event of fire in the adjoining space. Bulkheads or decks meeting Class A-60 requirements, as defined by § 72.05-10 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter, will be considered as meeting the requirements of this paragraph.
(a) The provisions of this section shall apply to all vessels contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Chemical storerooms shall not be located in horizontal proximity to nor below accommodation or safety areas.
(c) Chemical storerooms shall not be located adjacent to the collision bulkhead, nor boundary divisions of the boilerroom, engineroom, galley, or other high fire hazard area.
(d) Chemical laboratories shall not be located adjacent to nor immediately below safety areas. Wherever possible they shall be similarly separated from accomodation spaces and high fire hazard areas such as the galley.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 190.07-90, shall apply to all vessels of 4,000 gross tons and over carrying not more than 150 persons and contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 190.07-90, shall apply to all vessels of 300 gross tons and over, but less than 4,000 gross tons, carrying in excess of 16 persons in the scientific party but not more than 150 persons and contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(c) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 190.07-90.
(d) Those vessels which carry more than 150 persons shall meet the requirements in §§ 72.05-5 through 72.05-60 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks, and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel. Alternately, the Commandant may permit the use of other suitable material in special cases, having in mind the risk of fire.
(b) The boundary bulkheads of general laboratory areas, chemical storerooms, galleys, paint and lamp lockers and emergency generator rooms shall be of “A” class construction.
(1) Permanently installed divisional bulkheads between laboratories spaces within a general laboratory area may be of B or C class construction.
(2) Temporary divisional bulkheads between laboratory spaces within a general laboratory area may be constructed of combustible materials when they are necessary to facilitate a specific scientific mission.
(c) The boundary bulkheads and decks separating the accomodations and control stations from hold and machinery spaces, galleys, main pantries, laboratories, and storerooms, other than small service lockers, shall be of “A” Class construction.
(1) The boundary bulkheads and decks separating general laboratory areas of 500 square feet or less from accommodations and control stations shall be of “A-15” Class construction as defined by § 72.05-10 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(2) The boundary bulkheads and decks separating general laboratory areas of over 500 square feet from accommodations and control stations shall be of “A-30” Class construction as defined by § 72.05-10 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(d) Within the accommodation and service areas the following conditions shall apply:
(1) Corridor bulkheads in accommodation spaces shall be of the “A” or “B” Class intact from deck to deck. Stateroom doors in such bulkheads may have a louver in the lower half.
(2) Elevator, dumbwaiter, stairtower, and other trunks shall be of “A” Class construction.
(3) Bulkheads not already specified to be of “A” or “B” Class construction may be of “A”, “B”, or “C” Class construction.
(4) The integrity of any deck in way of a stairway, shall be maintained by means of “A” or “B” class bulkheads and doors at one level. The integrity of a stairtower shall be maintained by “A” class doors at every level. The door shall be of the self-closing type. Holdback hooks will not be permitted. However, magnetic holdbacks operated from the bridge or other suitable remote control positions are acceptable.
(5) Interior stairs, including stringers and treads, shall be of steel.
(6) Except for washrooms and toilet spaces, deck coverings within accommodation spaces shall be of an approved type. However, overlays for leveling or finishing purposes which do not meet the requirements for an approved deck covering may be used in
(7) Ceilings, linings, and insulation, including pipe and duct laggings, shall be approved incombustible materials.
(8) Any sheathing, furring, or holding pieces incidental to the securing of any bulkhead, ceiling, lining, or insulation shall be of approved incombustible materials.
(9) Bulkheads, linings, and ceiling may have a combustible veneer within a room not to exceed two twenty-eighths of an inch in thickness. However, combustible veneers, trim, decorations, etc., shall not be used in corridors or hidden spaces. This is not intended to preclude the use of an approved interior finish or a reasonable number of coats of paint.
(e) Nitrocellulose or other highly flammable or noxious fume-producing paints or lacquers shall not be used.
(f) The provisions of paragraphs (d) (1) through (9) of this section apply to control spaces on vessels whose initial Application for Inspection is submitted to an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection on or after June 15, 1987.
(a) Existing structure arrangements and materials previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original construction.
(b) Conversions, major alterations, new installations, and replacements shall comply with the applicable specifications and requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 190.10-90, shall apply to all vessels other than non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons, contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 190.10-90.
(c) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall not be subject to the provisions of this subpart.
(a) There shall be at least two means of escape from all general areas where the crew or scientific personnel may be quartered or normally employed. At least one of these two means of escape shall be independent of watertight doors and hatches, except for quick acting watertight doors giving final access to weather decks.
(a) The two means of escape shall be as remote as practicable so as to minimize the possibility of one incident blocking both escapes.
(a) Vertical ladders and deck scuttles shall not in general be considered satisfactory as one of the required means of escape. However, where it is demonstrated that the installation of a stairway would be impracticable, a vertical ladder may be used as the second means of escape.
(a) No means shall be provided for locking door giving access to either of the two required means of escape except that crash doors or locking devices, capable of being easily forced in an emergency, may be employed provided a permanent and conspicuous notice to this effect is attached to both sides of the door. This paragraph shall not apply to outside doors to deckhouses where such doors are locked by key only and such key is under the control of one of the vessel's officers.
(a) Stairways shall be of sufficient width having in mind the number of persons having access to such stairs for escape purposes.
(b) All interior stairways, other than those within the machinery spaces, shall have minimum width of 28 inches.
(c) Special consideration for relief may be given if it is shown to be unreasonable or impracticable to meet the requirements in this section.
(a) Dead end corridors, or the equivalent, more than 40 feet in length shall not be permitted.
(a) In all cases, public spaces having a deck area of over 300 square feet shall have at least two exits. Where practicable, these exits shall give egress to different corridors, rooms, or spaces to minimize the possibility of one incident blocking both exits.
(a) The stairways, corridors, and doors shall be so arranged as to permit a ready and direct access to the various lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas.
(a) Vertical communication shall be provided between the various weather decks by means of permanent inclined ladders.
(a) Existing arrangements previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original design:
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 190.15-90, shall apply to all vessels other than non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons, contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 190.15-90.
(c) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall not be subject to the provisions of this subpart.
(a) Spaces containing machinery which uses, or tanks which contain, fuel having a flashpoint of 110° F. or lower shall have natural supply and mechanical exhaust ventilation as required by this section.
(b) The mechanical exhaust system shall be such as to assure the air changes as noted in Table 190.15-5(b) depending on the size of the space.
(c) Exhaust blower motors, unless of a totally enclosed, explosion-proof type, shall be located outside of the ducts and outside of the compartment required to be ventilated. Exhaust blower motors if mounted in any compartment shall be located as high above the bilge as practicable. Blower blades shall be nonsparking with reference to their housings.
(d) Exhaust blower switches shall be located outside of any space required to be ventilated by this section, and shall be of the type interlocked with the ignition switch so that the blowers are started before the engine ignition is switched on. A red warning sign at the switch shall state that the blowers shall be operated prior to starting the engines for a sufficient time to insure
(e) The area of the ducts shall be such as to limit the air velocity to a maximum of 2,000 feet per minute. Ducts may be of any shape:
(f) At least two inlet ducts shall be located at one end of the compartment and they shall extend to the lowest part of the compartment or bilge on each side. Similar exhaust ducts shall be led to the mechanical exhaust system from the lowest part of the compartment or bilge on each side of the compartment at the end opposite from that at which the inlet ducts are fitted. These ducts shall be so installed that ordinary collection of water in the bilge will not close off the ducts.
(g) All ducts shall be of steel construction and reasonably gastight from end to end. The ducts shall lead as direct as possible and be properly fastened and supported.
(h) All supply ducts shall be provided with cowls or scoops having a free area not less than twice the required duct area. When the cowls or scoops are screened, the mouth area shall be increased to compensate for the area of the screen wire. Dampers shall not be fitted in the supply ducts. Cowls or scoops shall be kept open at all times except when the stress of weather is such as to endanger the vessel if the openings are not temporarily closed. Supply and exhaust openings shall not be located where the natural flow of air is unduly obstructed, or adjacent to possible sources of vapor ignition, nor shall they be so located that exhaust air may be taken into the supply vents.
(i) Provision shall be made for closing all cowls or scoops when the fixed carbon dioxide system is operated.
(a) All enclosed spaces within the vessel shall be properly vented or ventilated. Means shall be provided to close off all vents and ventilators.
(b) Means shall be provided for stopping all fans in ventilation systems serving the chemical laboratories, scientific laboratories, chemical storerooms, and machinery spaces and for closing all doorways, ventilators, and annular spaces around funnels and other openings to such spaces, from outside these spaces, in case of fire.
(c) See §§ 194.15-5 and 194.20-5 of this subchapter for ventilation of chemical laboratories, scientific laboratories, and storerooms.
(a) All living spaces shall be adequately ventilated in a manner suitable to the purpose of the space.
(b) All spaces used as quarters for crewmembers and scientific personnel shall be ventilated by a mechanical system unless it can be shown that a natural system will provide adequate ventilation. By a natural system is meant those spaces so located that the windows, ports, skylights, etc., and doors to passageways can be kept open and thereby provide adequate ventilation under all ordinary conditions of weather.
(a) Existing arrangements previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original design:
CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26011, May 23, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Except as noted below, the provisions of this subpart apply to all vessels contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, must meet the requirements of § 190.20-90.
(a) The accommodations provided for officers, crew, and scientific personnel on all vessels must be securely constructed, properly lighted, heated, drained, ventilated, equipped, located, arranged, and, where practicable, shall be insulated from undue noise, heat, and odors.
(b) Provided the intent of this subpart is met, consideration may be given by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection to relax the requirements relating to the size and separation of accommodations for scientific personnel.
(a) Crew quarters must not be located farther forward in the vessel than a vertical plane located at 5 percent of the vessel's length abaft the forward side of the stem at the designated summer load water line. However, for vessels in other than ocean or coastwise service, this distance need not exceed 8.5 meters (28 feet). For purpose of this paragraph, the vessel's length shall be as defined in § 43.15-1 of subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter. Unless approved by the Commandant, no section of the deck head of the crew spaces may be below the deepest load line.
(b) There must be no direct communication, except through solid, close fitted doors or hatches between crew spaces and chain lockers, or machinery spaces.
All crew spaces are to be constructed and arranged in a manner suitable to the purpose for which they are intended and so they can be kept in a clean, workable and sanitary condition.
(a) Where practicable, each licensed officer must be provided with a separate stateroom.
(b) Sleeping accommodations for the crew must be divided into rooms, no one of which must berth more than 4 persons.
(c) Each room must be of such size that there are at least 2.78 square meters (30 square feet) of deck area and a volume of at least 5.8 cubic meters (210 cubic feet) for each person accommodated. The clear head room must be not less than 190 centimeters (75 inches). In measuring sleeping accommodations any furnishings contained therein for the use of the occupants are not to be deducted from the total volume or from the deck area.
(d) Each person shall have a separate berth and not more than one berth may be placed above another. The berth must be composed of materials not likely to corrode. The overall size of a berth must not be less than 68 centimeters (27 inches) wide by 190 centimeters (75 inches) long, except by special permission of the Commandant. Where two tiers of berths are fitted, the bottom of the lower berth must not be less than 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the deck. The berths must not be obstructed by pipes, ventilating ducts, or other installations.
(e) A locker must be provided for each person accommodated in a room.
(a) There must be provided at least 1 toilet, 1 washbasin, and 1 shower or bathtub for each 8 members or portion thereof in the crew to be accommodated who do not occupy rooms to which private or semi-private facilities are attached.
(b) The toilet rooms and washrooms must be located convenient to the sleeping quarters of the crew to which they are allotted but must not open directly into such quarters except when they are provided as private or semi-private facilities.
(c) All washbasins, showers, and bathtubs must be equipped with adequate plumbing, including hot and cold running water. All toilets must be installed with adequate plumbing for flushing. Where more than 1 toilet is located in a space or compartment, each toilet must be separated by partitions.
(a) Messrooms must be located as near to the galley as is practicable except where the messroom is equipped with a steam table.
(b) Each messroom must seat the number of persons expected to eat in the messroom at one time.
(a) Except as specifically modified by paragraph (f) of this section, each vessel which in the ordinary course of its trade makes voyages of more than 3 days duration between ports and which carries a crew of 12 or more, must be provided with a hospital space. This space must be situated with regard to the comfort of the sick so that they may receive proper attention in all weather.
(b) The hospital must be suitably separated from other spaces and must be used for the care of the sick and for no other purpose.
(c) The hospital must be fitted with berths in the ratio of 1 berth to every 12 members of the crew or portion thereof who are not berthed in single occupancy rooms, but the number of berths need not exceed 6. Where all single occupancy rooms are provided, the requirement for a separate hospital may be withdrawn, provided that 1 stateroom is fitted with a bunk accessible from both sides.
(d) [Reserved]
(e) The hospital must have a toilet, washbasin, and bathtub or shower conveniently situated. Other necessary suitable equipment such as a clothes locker, a table and a seat must be provided.
(f) On vessels in which the crew is berthed in single occupancy rooms, a hospital space will not be required, provided that 1 room must be designated and fitted with use as a treatment or isolation room. This room must meet the following standards:
(1) The room must be available for immediate medical use; and
(2) A washbasin with hot and cold running water must be installed either in or immediately adjacent to the space and other required sanitary facilities must be conveniently located.
Each vessel shall have—
(a) Sufficient facilities where the crew may wash and dry their own clothes, including at least 1 sink supplied with hot and cold fresh water;
(b) Recreation spaces; and
(c) A space or spaces of adequate size on the open deck to which the crew has access when off duty.
Each berth must have a light.
(a) All manned spaces must be adequately heated and cooled in a manner suitable to the purpose of the space.
(b) Radiators and other heating apparatus must be so placed and shielded, where necessary, to avoid risk of fire, danger or discomfort to the occupants. Pipes leading to radiators or heating apparatus must be insulated where those pipes create a hazard to persons occupying the space.
Provisions must be made to protect the crew quarters against the admission of insects.
Existing structures, arrangements, materials, and facilities previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original construction, provided that in no case will a greater departure from the standards of §§ 190.20-5 through 190.20-55 be permitted than presently exists.
(a) The provisions of this subpart with the exception of § 190.25-90, apply to all vessels contracted for on or after July 1, 1969.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to July 1, 1969 shall meet the requirements of § 190.25-90.
(a) All vessels shall have efficient guard rails or bulwarks on decks and bridges. The height of rails or bulwarks
(b) Where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that a vessel is engaged exclusively in voyages of a sheltered nature, the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section may be relaxed.
(a) On vessels in ocean and coastwise service, suitable storm rails shall be installed in all passageways and at the deckhouse sides where persons on board might have normal access. Storm rails shall be installed on both sides of passageways which are 6 feet or more in width.
(a) Suitable hand covers, guards, or rails shall be installed in way of all exposed and dangerous places such as gears, machinery, etc.
(a) Existing structures, arrangements, materials, and facilities previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original construction:
46 U.S.C. 2213, 3102, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1145, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels other than non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons.
(b) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall not be subject to the provisions of this part, except as provided otherwise by §§ 193.01-5 and 193.50-1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are:
(a) On all vessels, including non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons, where fire detecting or extinguishing systems or equipment are not required, but are installed, the system or equipment and its installation shall meet the requirements of this part.
(a) Fire detecting, manual alarm, and supervised patrol systems are not required, but if installed, the systems shall meet the applicable requirements of part 76 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(a) Fire pumps, hydrants, hose, and nozzles shall be installed on all manned vessels.
(b) Except as provided for in § 193.10-10(e), the fire main must be a pressurized or a remotely controlled system.
(c) The arrangements and details of the fire main system shall be as set forth in subpart 193.10.
(a) Approved fire extinguishing systems shall be installed in those locations delineated in this section.
(b) A fixed carbon dioxide or other approved system shall be installed in all lamp and paint lockers, oil rooms, and similar spaces.
(c) Fire extinguishing systems shall be provided for internal combustion engine installations in accordance with the following:
(1) Enclosed spaces containing gasoline engines shall have fixed carbon dioxide systems.
(2) If a fire extinguishing system is installed to protect an internal combustion or gas turbine installation, the system shall be of the carbon dioxide type.
(3) On vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over, a fixed carbon dioxide system shall be installed in all spaces containing internal combustion or gas turbine main propulsion machinery, auxiliaries with an aggregate power of 1,000 b. hp. or greater, or their fuel oil units, including purifiers, valves, and manifolds.
(d) A fixed carbon dioxide system shall be installed in all chemical storerooms.
(e) On vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over, a fixed carbon dioxide, or foam system shall be installed in all spaces containing oil fired boilers, either main or auxiliary, or their fuel oil units, valves, or manifolds in the line between the settling tanks and the boilers. The arrangement and details of the foam system shall be as set forth in part 95 of Subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of this chapter.
(f) Where an enclosed ventilating system is installed for electric propulsion motors or generators, a fixed carbon dioxide extinguishing system shall be installed in such system.
(g) The arrangements and details of the fixed carbon dioxide extinguishing systems shall be as set forth in subpart 193.15.
(h) Additional specific requirements for fire extinguishing systems for spaces containing explosives and other dangerous articles or substances are in part 194 of this subchapter.
(a) Approved hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire extinguishing systems shall be installed on all manned vessels as set forth in subpart 193.50.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 193.10-90, shall apply to all vessels contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 193.10-90.
(a) Vessels shall be equipped with independently driven fire pumps in accordance with Table 193.10-5(a).
(b) On vessels of 1,000 gross tons and over on an international voyage, each required fire pump, while delivering water through the fire main system at a pressure corresponding to that required by paragraph (c) of this section, shall have a minimum capacity of at least two-thirds of that required for an independent bilge pump. However, in no case shall the capacity of each fire pump be less than that otherwise required by this section.
(c) Each pump must be capable of delivering water simultaneously from the outlets having the greatest pressure drop from the five pumps to the nozzles
(d) Fire pumps shall be fitted on the discharge side with relief valves set to relieve at 25 p.s.i. in excess of the pressure necessary to maintain the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section or 125 p.s.i., whichever is greater. Relief valves may be omitted if the pumps, operating under shutoff conditions, are not capable of developing a pressure exceeding this amount.
(e) Fire pumps shall be fitted with a pressure gage on the discharge side of the pumps.
(f) Fire pumps may be used for other purposes provided at least one of the required pumps is kept available for use on the fire system at all times. In no case shall a pump having connection to an oil line be used as a fire pump. Branch lines connected to the fire main for purposes other than fire and deck wash shall be so arranged that adequate water can be made continuously available for firefighting purposes.
(g) The total area of the pipes leading from a pump shall not be less than the discharge area of the pump.
(h) On vessels with oil fired boilers, either main or auxiliary, or with internal combustion propulsion machinery, where 2 fire pumps are required, they shall be located in separate spaces, and the arrangement, pumps, sea connections, and sources of power shall be such as to insure that a fire in any one space will not put all of the fire pumps out of operation. However, where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that it is unreasonable or impracticable to meet this requirement due to the size or arrangement of the vessel, or for other reasons, the installation of a total flooding carbon dioxide system may be accepted as an alternate method of extinguishing any fire which would affect the powering and operation for the required fire pumps.
(i) Except as provided for in § 193.10-10(e), a sufficient number of hose streams for fire fighting purposes must be immediately available from the fire main at all times by either of the following methods:
(1)
(A) One of the fire pumps; or
(B) Another suitable pump capable of supplying one hose stream at a Pitot tube pressure of not less than 50 p.s.i. (35 p.s.i. for
(C) A pressure tank capable of supplying one hose stream at a Pitot tube pressure of not less than 50 p.s.i. (35 p.s.i. for
(ii) An audible alarm must be installed to sound in a continuously manned space if the pressure in the fire main drops to less than that necessary to maintain the minimum Pitot tube pressures specified in § 193.10-5(i)(1)(i).
(2)
(ii) If the fire pump is in a continuously manned machinery space, the controls for operating it and the controls for all necessary valves must be located on the manned operating platform in that space.
(iii) If the fire pump is in an unmanned machinery space, the controls for its operation and the controls for all necessary valves must be located in:
(A) The fire control station, if any; or,
(B) The bridge, if there is no fire control station; or,
(C) A readily accessible space acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) The size of fire hydrants, hose, and nozzles and the length of hose required shall be as noted in Table 193.10-5(a).
(b) In lieu of the 2
(c) On vessels of 500 gross tons and over there must be at least one shore connection to the fire main available to each side of the vessel in an accessible location. Suitable cutout valves and check valves must be provided for furnishing the vessel's shore connections with couplings mating those on the shore fire lines. Vessels of 500 gross tons and over on an international voyage, must be provided with at least one international shore connection complying with ASTM F-1121. Facilities must be available enabling an international shore connection to be used on either side of the vessel.
(d) Fire hydrants must be of sufficient number and so located that any part of the vessel, other than main machinery spaces, may be reached with at least 2 streams of water from separate outlets, at least one of which must be from a single length of hose. In main machinery spaces, all portions of such spaces must be capable of being reached by at least 2 streams of water, each of which must be from a single length of hose from separate outlets; however, this requirement need not apply to shaft alleys containing no assigned space for the stowage of combustibles. Fire hydrants must be numbered as required by § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(e) All parts of the fire main located on exposed decks shall either be protected against freezing or be fitted with cutout valves and drain valves so that the entire exposed parts of such piping may be shut off and drained in freezing weather. Except when closed to prevent freezing, such valves shall be sealed open.
(f) The outlet at the fire hydrant shall be limited to any position from the horizontal to the vertical pointing downward, so that the hose will lead horizontally or downward to minimize the possibility of kinking.
(g) Each fire hydrant shall be provided with a single length of hose with nozzle attached and a spanner. A suitable hose rack or other device shall be provided for the proper stowage of the hose. If the hose is not stowed in the open or behind glass so as to be readily seen, the enclosures shall be marked in accordance with § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(h) Fire hose shall be connected to the outlets at all times. However, at open decks where no protection is afforded to the hose in heavy weather, the hose may be temporarily removed from the hydrant and stowed in an accessible nearby location.
(i) Each fire hydrant must have at least 1 length of firehose. Each firehose must have a combination solid stream and water spray nozzle that is approved under subpart 162.027 of this subchapter, except 19 millimeters (3/4 inch) hose may have a garden hose nozzle that is bronze or metal with strength and corrosion resistance equivalent to bronze. Combination solid stream and water spray nozzles previously approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter may be retained so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(j) When the firehose nozzle in the below locations was previously approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter, a low-velocity water spray applicator, also previously approved under subpart 162.027, of this chapter must be installed as follows:
(1) At least 1 length of firehose on each fire hydrant outside and in the immediate vicinity of each laboratory;
(2) Each firehose in each propulsion machinery space containing oil-fired boiler, internal combustion machinery, or oil fuel unit on a vessel of 1000 gross tons or more—the length of each applicator must be 1.2 meters (4 feet).
(k) Fixed brackets, hooks, or other means for stowing an applicator must be next to each fire hydrant that has an applicator under paragraph (j) of this section.
(l) Firehose shall not be used for any other purpose than fire extinguishing, drills, and testing.
(m) Fire hydrants, nozzles, and other fittings shall have threads to accommodate the hose connections noted in this paragraph. Firehose and couplings shall be as follows:
(1) Couplings shall be of brass, bronze, or other equivalent metal. National Standard firehose coupling threads shall be used for the 1
(2) Unlined hose shall not be used in the machinery spaces.
(3) Where
(4) Each section of fire hose used after January 1, 1980 must be lined commercial fire hose that conforms to Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. Stand-ard 19 or Federal Specification ZZ-H-451E. Hose that bears the label of Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. as lined fire hose is accepted as conforming to this requirement. Each section of replacement fire hose or any section of new fire hose placed aboard a vessel after January 1, 1977 must also conform to the specification required by this paragraph.
(a) All piping, valves, and fittings, shall meet the applicable requirements of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.
(b) All distribution cut-off valves shall be marked as required by § 196.37-10 of this subchapter.
(c) For vessels on an international voyage, the diameter of the fire main shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously. This requirement is in addition to § 193.10-5(c). The discharge of this quantity of water through hoses and nozzles at a sufficient number of adjacent hydrants must be at a minimum Pitot tube pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
Installations contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Except as specifically modified by this paragraph, vessels must comply with the requirements of §§ 193.10-5 through 193.10-15 insofar as the number and general type of equipment is concerned.
(b) Existing equipment, except firehose nozzles and low-velocity water spray applicators, previously approved but not meeting the applicable requirements of §§ 193.10-5 through 193.10-15, may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs, alterations, and replacements may be permitted to the same standards as the original installations. However, all new installations or major replacements must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new installations.
(c) Vessels must comply with the general requirements of § 193.10-5 (c) through (g), § 193.10-10 (d) through (m), and § 193.10-15 insofar as is reasonable and practicable.
(d) Each firehose nozzle must meet § 193.10-10(i), and each low-velocity water spray applicator must meet § 193.10-10(j).
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all new installations contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Installations contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 193.15-90.
(c) The requirements of this subpart are based on a “high pressure system,” i.e., one in which the carbon dioxide is stored in liquid form at atmospheric temperature. Details for “low pressure systems,” i.e., those in which the carbon dioxide is stored in liquid form at a continuously controlled low temperature, may be specifically approved by
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) In addition to the amount required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section there shall be sufficient carbon dioxide available to permit delayed discharges of such quantity as to maintain at least a 25-percent concentration until the equipment can be stopped. If the initial discharge is such as to achieve this concentration until the equipment is stopped, no delayed discharge need be provided.
(3) The piping for the delayed discharge shall not be less than
(4) The piping for the initial charge shall be in accordance with Table 193.15-5(d)(4), and the discharge of the required amount shall be completed within 2 minutes.
(d)
(2) For the purpose of the requirements of this paragraph, the volume of the machinery space shall be taken as exclusive of the normal machinery casing unless the boiler, internal combustion machinery, or fuel oil installations extend into such space, in which case the volume shall be taken to the top of the casing or the next material reduction in casing area, whichever is lower. “Normal machinery casing” and “material reduction in casing area” shall be defined as follows:
(i) By “normal machinery casing” shall be meant a casing the area of which is not more than 40 percent of the maximum area of the machinery space.
(ii) By “material reduction in casing area” shall be meant a reduction to at least 40 percent of the casing area.
(3) For vessels on an international voyage contracted for on or after May 26, 1965, the amount of carbon dioxide required for a space containing propulsion boilers or internal combustion propulsion machinery shall be as given by paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section or by dividing the entire volume, including the casing, by a factor of 25, whichever is the larger.
(4) Branch lines to the various spaces shall be as noted in Table 193.15-5(d)(4).
(5) Distribution piping within the space shall be proportioned from the supply line to give proper distribution to the outlets without throttling.
(6) The number, type, and location of discharge outlets shall be such as to give a uniform distribution throughout the space.
(7) The total area of all discharge outlets shall not exceed 85 percent nor be less than 35 percent of the normal cylinder outlet area or the area of the supply pipe, whichever is smaller. The nominal cylinder outlet area in square inches shall be determined by multiplying the factor 0.0022 by the number of pounds of carbon dioxide required, except that in no case shall this outlet area be less than 0.110 square inch.
(8) The discharge of at least 85 percent of the required amount of carbon dioxide shall be complete within 2 minutes.
(a) Except as noted in § 193.15-20(b), all controls and valves for the operation of the system shall be outside the space protected and shall not be located in any space that might be cut off or made inaccessible in the event of fire in any of the spaces protected.
(b) If the same cylinders are used to protect more than one hazard, a manifold with normally closed stop valves shall be used to direct the carbon dioxide into the proper space. If cylinders are used to protect only one hazard, a normally closed stop valve shall be installed between the cylinders and the hazard except for systems of the type indicated in § 193.15-5(d) which contain not more than 300 pounds of carbon dioxide.
(c) One of the stations controlling the system for the main machinery space and the chemical storerooms shall be located as convenient as practicable to one of the main escapes from these spaces. All control stations and the individual valves and controls shall be marked as required by §§ 196.37-10 and 196.37-13 of this subchapter.
(d) Systems of the type indicated in § 193.15-5(d) shall be actuated by one control operating the valve to the space and a separate control releasing at least the required amount of carbon dioxide. These two controls shall be located in a box or other enclosure clearly identified for the particular space. Those systems installed without a stop valve shall be operated by one control releasing at least the required amount of carbon dioxide.
(e) Where provisions are made for the simultaneous release of a given amount of carbon dioxide by operation of a remote control, provisions shall also be made for manual control at the cylinders. Where gas pressure from pilot cylinders is used as a means for releasing the remaining cylinders, not less than two pilot cylinders shall be used for systems consisting of more than two cylinders. Each of the pilot cylinders shall be capable of manual control at the cylinder, but the remaining cylinders need not be capable of individual manual control.
(f) Systems of the type indicated in § 193.15-5(d), other than systems for tanks, which are of more than 300 pounds of carbon dioxide, shall be fitted with an approved delayed discharge so arranged that the alarm will be sounded for at least 20 seconds before the carbon dioxide is released into the space. Such systems of not more than 300 pounds of carbon dioxide shall also have a similar delayed discharge, except for those systems for tanks and for spaces which have a suitable horizontal escape.
(g) All distribution valves and controls shall be of an approved type. All controls shall be suitably protected.
(h) Complete but simple instructions for the operation of the systems must be located in a conspicuous place at or near all pull boxes, stop valve controls and in the CO
(i) If the space or enclosure containing the carbon dioxide supply for controls is to be locked, a key to the space or enclosure shall be in a break-glass-type box conspicuously located adjacent to the opening.
(a) The piping, valves, and fittings shall have a bursting pressure of not less than 6,000 pounds per square inch.
(b) All piping, in nominal sizes not over
(c) All piping valves, and fittings of ferrous materials shall be protected inside and outside against corrosion unless specifically approved otherwise by the Commandant.
(d) A pressure relief valve or equivalent set to relieve between 2,400 and 2,800 pounds per square inch shall be installed in the distribution manifold or such other location as to protect the piping in the event that all branch line shutoff valves are closed.
(e) All dead-end lines shall extend at least 2 inches beyond the last orifice and shall be closed with cap or plug.
(f) All piping, valves, and fittings shall be securely supported, and where necessary, protected against injury.
(g) Drains and dirt traps shall be fitted where necessary to prevent the accumulation of dirt or moisture. Drains and dirt traps shall be located in accessible locations where possible.
(h) Piping shall be used for no other purpose except that it may be incorporated with the fire-detecting system.
(i) Piping passing through living quarters shall not be fitted with drains or other openings within such spaces.
(j) Installation test requirements are:
(1) Upon completion of the piping installation, and before the cylinders are connected, a pressure test shall be applied as set forth in this paragraph. Only carbon dioxide or other inert gas shall be used for this test.
(2) The piping from the cylinders to the stop valves in the manifold shall be subjected to a pressure of 1,000 pounds per square inch. With no additional gas being introduced to the system, it shall be demonstrated that the leakage of the system is such as not to permit a pressure drop of more than 150 pounds per square inch per minute for a 2-minute period.
(3) The individual branch lines to the various spaces protected shall be subjected to a test similar to that described in the preceding subparagraph with the exception that the pressure used shall be 600 pounds per square inch in lieu of 1,000 pounds per square inch. For the purpose of this test, the distribution piping shall be capped within the space protected at the first joint ahead of the nozzles.
(4) In lieu of the tests prescribed in the preceding paragraphs in this paragraph, small independent systems protecting spaces such as emergency generator rooms, lamp lockers, chemical storerooms, etc., may be tested by blowing out the piping with air at a pressure of at least 100 pounds per square inch.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the cylinders shall be located outside the spaces protected, and shall not be located in any space that might be cut off or made inaccessible in the event of a fire in any of the spaces protected.
(b) Systems of the type indicated in § 193.15-5(d), consisting of not more than 300 pounds of carbon dioxide, may have cylinders located within the space protected. If the cylinder stowage is within the space protected, the system shall be arranged in an approved manner to be automatically operated by a heat actuator within the space in addition to the regular remote and local controls.
(c) The space containing the cylinders shall be properly ventilated and designed to preclude an anticipated ambient temperature in excess of 130° F.
(d) Cylinders shall be securely fastened and supported, and where necessary, protected against injury.
(e) Cylinders shall be so mounted as to be readily accessible and capable of easy removal for recharging and inspection. Provisions shall be available for weighing the cylinders.
(f) Where subject to moisture, cylinders shall be so installed as to provide a space of at least 2 inches between the flooring and the bottom of the cylinders.
(g) Cylinders shall be mounted in an upright position or inclined not more than 30 degrees from the vertical. However, cylinders which are fitted with flexible or bent siphon tubes may be inclined not more than 80 degrees from the vertical.
(h) Where check valves are not fitted on each independent cylinder discharge, plugs or caps shall be provided for closing outlets when cylinders are removed for inspection or refilling.
(i) All cylinders used for storing carbon dioxide must be fabricated, tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements of §§ 147.60 and 147.65 of this chapter.
(a) Discharge outlets shall be of an approved type.
(a) Space normally accessible to persons on board while the vessel is being navigated which are protected by a carbon dioxide extinguishing system and are required to be fitted with a delayed discharge system other than paint and lamp lockers and similar small spaces, shall be fitted with an approved audible alarm which will be automatically sounded when the carbon dioxide is admitted to the space. The alarm shall be conspicuously and centrally located and shall be marked as required by § 196.37-9 of this subchapter. Such alarms shall be so arranged as to sound during the 20-second delay period prior to the discharge of carbon dioxide into the space, and the alarm shall depend on no source of power other than the carbon dioxide.
(a) Where mechanical ventilation is provided for spaces which are protected by carbon dioxide extinguishing systems provisions shall be made so that the ventilation system is automatically shut down with the operation of the system to that space.
(b) Where natural ventilation is provided for spaces protected by a carbon dioxide extinguishing system, provisions shall be made for easily and effectively closing off the ventilation.
(c) Means shall be provided for closing all other openings to the space protected from outside such space. In this respect, relatively tight doors, shutters, or dampers shall be provided for openings in the lower portion of the space. The construction shall be such that openings in the upper portion of the space can be closed off either by permanently installed means or by the use of canvas or other material which is normally carried by the vessel.
(a) Where necessary, relatively tight compartments such as refrigeration spaces, paint lockers, etc., shall be provided with suitable means for relieving excessive pressure accumulating within the compartment when the carbon dioxide is injected.
(a) Installations contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the following requirements:
(1) Existing arrangements, materials, and facilities previously approved shall be considered satisfactory so long as they meet the minimum requirements of this paragraph and they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs, alterations, and replacements may be permitted to the same standards as the original installations. However, all new installations or major replacements shall meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new installations.
(2) The details of the systems shall be in general agreement with §§ 193.15-5
(3) In boilerrooms, the bilges shall be protected by a system discharging principally below the floorplates. Perforated pipe may be used in lieu of discharge nozzles for such systems. The number of pounds of carbon dioxide shall be equal to the gross volume of the boilerroom taken to the top of the boilers divided by 36. In the event of an elevated boilerroom which drains to the machinery space, the system shall be installed in the engineroom bilge and the gross volume shall be taken to the flat on which the boilers are installed.
(4) In machinery spaces where main propulsion internal combustion machinery is installed, the number of pounds of carbon dioxide required shall be equal to the gross volume of the space taken to the under side of the deck forming the hatch opening divided by 22.
(5) In miscellaneous spaces other than cargo or main machinery spaces the number of pounds of carbon dioxide required shall be equal to the gross volume of the space divided by 22.
(6) Branch lines to the various spaces other than cargo and similar spaces shall be as noted in Table 193.15-90(a)(6). This table is based on cylinders having discharge outlets and siphon tubes of
Automatic sprinkling systems shall comply with NFPA 13-1996.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 193.50-90, shall apply to all vessels, including non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons, contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) All vessels other than unmanned barges contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of § 193.50-90.
(c) All unmanned barges are exempted from the requirements in this subpart. However, if such barges carry on board hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire extinguishing systems, then such equipment shall be in accordance with this subpart for manned barges.
(a) Hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire extinguishing systems shall be classified by a combination letter and number symbol. The letter indicating the type of fire which the unit could be expected to extinguish and the number indicating the relative size of the unit.
(b) The types of fire will be designated as follows:
(1) “A” for fires in ordinary combustible materials where the quenching and cooling effects of quantities of water, or solutions containing large percentages of water, are of first importance.
(2) “B” for fires in flammable liquids, greases, etc., where a blanketing effect is essential.
(3) “C” for fires in electrical equipment where the use of nonconducting
(c) The number designations for size will start with “I” for the smallest to “V” for the largest. Sizes I and II are considered hand portable fire extinguishers and sizes III, IV, and V are considered semiportable fire extinguishing systems which shall be fitted with suitable hose and nozzle or other practicable means so that all portions of the space concerned may be covered. Examples of size graduations for some of the typical hand portable and semiportable fire extinguishing systems are set forth in Table 193.50-5(c).
(d) All hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire extinguishing systems shall have permanently attached thereto a metallic nameplate giving the name of the item, the rated capacity in gallons, quarts, or pounds, the name and address of the person or firm for whom approved, and the identifying mark of the actual manufacturer.
(e) Vaporizing liquid type fire extinguishers containing carbon tetrachloride or chlorobromomethane or other toxic vaporizing liquids shall not be permitted.
(a) Approved hand portable fire extinguishers and semiportable fire extinguishing systems shall be installed in accordance with Table 193.50-10(a). The location of the equipment shall be to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, from requiring such additional equipment as he deems necessary for the proper protection of the vessel.
(b) Semiportable fire extinguishing systems shall be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(c) If hand portable fire extinguishers are not located in the open or behind glass so that they may be readily seen, they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(d) Hand portable fire extinguishers and their stations shall be numbered in accordance with § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(e) Hand portable or semiportable extinguishers, which are required on their nameplates to be protected from freezing, shall not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
(a) For all vessels spare charges shall be carried for at least 50 percent of each size and each variety, i.e., foam, soda-acid, carbon dioxide, etc., of hand portable fire extinguishers required by § 193.50-10(a). However, if the unit is of such variety that it cannot be readily recharged by the vessel's personnel, one spare unit of the same classification shall be carried in lieu of spare charges for all such units of the same size and variety.
(b) Spare charges shall be so packaged as to minimize the hazards to personnel while recharging the units. Acid shall be contained in a Crown stopper type of bottle.
(a) The frame or support of each size III, IV, and V fire extinguisher requuired by Table 193.50-10(a) must be welded or otherwise permanently attached to a bulkhead or deck.
(b) If an approved size III, IV, or V fire extinguisher has wheels and is not required by Table 193.50-10(a), it must be securely stowed when not in use to prevent it from rolling out of control under heavy sea conditions.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the following requirements:
(1) Except as specifically modified by this paragraph, the requirements of §§ 193.50-5 through 193.50-15 shall be complied with insofar as the number
(2) Existing installations previously approved, but not meeting the applicable requirements of §§ 193.50-5 through 193.50-15 may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and they are in general agreement with the degree of safety prescribed by Table 193.50-10(a). Minor modifications may be made to the same standard as the original installation:
(3) All new equipment and installations shall meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels other than unmanned barges.
(b) Unmanned barges are exempted from the requirements in this subpart. However, if such barges carry on board fire axes, then such equipment shall be in accordance with this subpart for manned barges.
(a) All vessels shall carry at least the minimum number of fire axes as set forth in Table 193.60-5(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, from requiring such additional fire axes as he deems necessary for the proper protection of the vessel.
(a) Fire axes shall be distributed throughout the spaces available to persons on board so as to be most readily available in the event of emergency.
(b) If fire axes are not located in the open, or behind glass, so that they may be readily seen, they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 2113, 3306; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1151, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The provisions of this part, with the exception of subpart 194.90, shall apply to all vessels other than non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall not be subject to the provisions of this part except as provided otherwise by paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Non-self-propelled vessels of less than 300 gross tons shall be governed by the applicable portions of 49 CFR parts 171-179, and the applicable portions of 33 CFR parts 6 and 121 to 126, inclusively. Alternately, the owner, at his option, may comply with the provisions of this part.
(d) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the requirements of subpart 194.90.
(a) The master shall be held responsible for and shall require the proper handling, stowage, and marking of all chemical stores and reagents.
(b) Chemical stores shall be stowed in a chemical storeroom in approved drums, barrels, or other packages, properly marked and labeled, as prescribed by 49 CFR part 172 for those specific commodities, except that those chemical stores excluded from the storeroom by §§ 194.20-15 and 194.20-17, and those chemical stores not desired to be located in a chemical storeroom, shall be stored in accordance with the appropriate provisions of 49 CFR part 176 insofar as such regulations apply to cargo vessels.
(c) Ships’ stores shall be regulated in accordance with the appropriate provisions of part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Chemical stores are those chemicals which possess one or more of the following properties and shall be classed, marked and labeled in accordance with 49 CFR part 172:
(1) Explosives.
(2) Flammable liquids.
(3) Flammable solids.
(4) Oxidizing materials.
(5) Corrosive materials.
(6) Compressed gasses.
(7) Poisons.
(8) Combustible liquids.
(9) Other Regulated Materials (DOT Hazard Class “ORM”).
(b) Substances for use in the chemistry laboratory, or to be stored in the chemical storeroom and generally covered under paragraph (a) of this section but not specifically listed by name in 49 CFR 172.101 must be approved by the Commandant (G-MSO) prior to being carried on board a vessel.
(a) Small working quantities of chemical stores in the chemistry laboratory which have been removed from the approved shipping container need not be marked or labeled as required by
(1) Common chemical name.
(2) Hazards, if any; e.g., flammable, poison, etc.
(b) In the interest of facilitating scientific activities, no restrictions are intended which will limit the variety of chemical stores which may be used in the chemical laboratory. With the knowledge and approval of the master, the laboratory supervisor may be responsible for stowage and use of materials within the laboratory and chemical storeroom.
(c) Reagent containers shall be properly secured against shifting and spillage. Insofar as practical all reagents shall be stowed in suitable, unbreakable containers.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by this part, Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials (as defined in 49 CFR 173.50) and blasting-caps must be carried in magazines specifically fitted for that purpose as described by subpart 194.10 of this part.
(b) Class 1 (explosive) materials (as defined in 49 CFR 173.50) must be identified by their appropriate DOT classification.
(c)(1) Compatibility of magazine stowage shall be in accordance with 49 CFR 176.144.
(2) Magazine chests, magazine vans, and deck stowage areas shall be separated by a distance of at least 25 feet if their contents are incompatible with each other. Reduction of this distance to allow for special configurations will be permitted only if specifically approved by the Commandant.
(d) On-deck stowage of unfused depth-charges or other unfused-case-type Class 1 (explosive) materials (as defined in 49 CFR 173.50) is authorized as follows:
(1) Stowage shall be in a location reasonably protected from the full force of boarding seas.
(2) Stowage shall be protected from direct exposure to the sun by overhead decks, awnings, or tarpaulins. Decks shall be constructed of incombustible materials; awnings and tarpaulins shall be fire-resistant and/or flame proof fabric.
(3) Items shall be properly secured by using existing vessel structures such as bulwarks, hatch coamings, shelter deck and poop bulkheads as part boundaries and effectively closing in the items by fitting angle bar closing means secured by bolting to clips or other parts of the ship's structure. Lashing of deck stowage is permitted provided eye pads or other suitable means are fitted to secure such lashings and provided the individual items are of such a configuration as to prevent slippage of the lashings. Shoring and dunnage may be used as necessary to further facilitate the security of the stowage.
(4) Stowage area shall be selected so as to provide for safe access to all internal spaces and to all parts of the deck required to be used in navigation and working of the vessel. Stowage shall not be on or under the bridge, or navigating deck, or within a distance, in a horizontal plane, of 25 feet of an operating or embarkation point of any lifeboat or raft. Reduction of this distance to allow for special configurations will be permitted only if specifically approved by the Commandant.
(a) Flammable liquids as chemical stores and reagents are governed by subparts 194.15 and 194.20.
(b) Other flammable liquids are regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176 or part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Flammable solids and oxidizing materials used as chemical stores and
(b) Oxidizing materials used as blasting agents are regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176.
(a) Corrosive liquids as chemical stores and reagents are governed by subparts 194.15 and 194.20.
(b) Other corrosive liquids are regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176 or part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Compressed gases as chemical stores and reagents are governed by subparts 194.15 and 194.20.
(b) Other compressed gases are regulated in accordance with the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176 or part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Poisonous articles as chemical stores and reagents shall be governed by subparts 194.15 and 194.20.
(b) Other poisonous articles shall be regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176 or part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Combustible liquid chemical stores and reagents shall be governed by subparts 194.15 and 194.20.
(b) Other combustible liquids shall be regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176 or part 147 of Subchapter N (Dangerous Cargoes) of this chapter.
(a) Other Regulated Materials (DOT Hazard Class “ORM”) as chemical stores and reagents shall be governed by appropriate portions of subparts 194.15 and 194.20 of this part.
(b) Other Regulated Materials (DOT Hazard Class “ORM”) which are not chemical stores and reagents shall be regulated by the appropriate portions of 49 CFR parts 172, 173, and 176.
(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to the construction of integral magazines, magazine vans, and magazine chests.
(b) Loading, loading procedures, shipper's requirements, and other features not related to the construction of magazines shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of 49 CFR parts 173 and 176 and 33 CFR part 6 and parts 121 to 126, inclusive.
(a)
(2) Magazines shall not be located in horizontal proximity to or below accommodation spaces.
(3) Magazines shall not be located adjacent to the collision bulkhead, nor in bearing with a bulkhead forming the boilerroom, engineroom, gallery, or other high fire hazard area boundary. If it is necessary to construct the magazine in proximity to these areas, a cofferdam space of at least 2 feet shall be provided between the bulkhead or deck involved and the magazine. Such
(b)
(2) Magazine vans may be installed below decks in holds provided the hold location meets the location requirements for integral magazines. The cofferdam requirement of paragraph (a)(3) of this section is considered as fulfilled if the van is of steel construction. Holds so utilized shall not be used for stowage of other hazardous materials covered by 49 CFR parts 171-179. The stowage of other explosives or oxidizing materials in the same hold is permitted in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR part 176.
(c)
(2) Magazine chests shall be set off at least 4 inches from decks and deckhouse.
(3) Magazine chests shall not be located within 15 feet of ventilation terminals emitting warm air or hazardous vapors, such as from galleys and pump-rooms.
(4) Magazine chests intended for the stowage of blasting caps, detonators, or boosters, in addition to the requirements in this paragraph, shall not be stowed within 10 feet of any unshielded radio apparatus or antenna leads.
(a) Magazines shall be of permanent watertight construction. Bulkheads and decks, including the deck overhead, which are common with storerooms or workshops shall be of A-15 construction as defined by § 72.05-10 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter. Flush construction shall be employed where practicable.
(b) Where the shell or unsheathed weather decks form boundaries of the magazine spaces suitable approved incombustible thermal insulation shall be provided to prevent condensation of moisture.
(c) Where a tank top forms the magazine deck it shall be insulated with an approved deck covering to prevent condensation of moisture. Tank top manholes shall not be installed in magazines.
(d) Light fixtures shall be of an approved type equipped with globes and guards. Control of the lighting system shall be from a location external to the magazine. An indicator light shall be provided at the switch location to indicate when the lighting circuits are energized. Other electrical equipment and wiring shall not be installed within or pass through the magazine. Electrical cables enclosed in a watertight trunk are permitted.
(e) Piping, other than fresh or salt water service and drainage system, shall not be routed through magazines except as required for the magazines themselves. Other piping systems enclosed in a watertight trunk are permitted.
(f) Access doors for the magazine, or magazine groups, shall be of substantial watertight construction and be provided with means whereby they may be securely locked.
(g) Racks, stanchions, battens, and other devices shall be installed to provide rigid and safe stowage of explosives in their approved shipping containers with a minimum of dunnage.
(h) Decks shall be covered with a permanent nonslip nonspark covering.
(a) Vans shall be of substantial metal construction. Their interior shall be insulated with an approved incombustible insulation to the stand-ards required for A-15 divisional bulkheads as prescribed in part 72 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter. The interior shall be lined flush with incombustible materials.
(b) Lighting fixtures, if installed, shall be of an approved type equipped
(c) Access doors and ventilation closures shall be of watertight construction. Doors shall be provided with means whereby they may be securely locked.
(d) Vans shall be provided with suitable pads and clips for securing to the deck and for installation of wire rope sway braces.
(e) Vans shall bear a label plate stating light weight, gross weight and weight of explosives. Gross weight shall not exceed 250 pounds per square foot of deck area.
(a) Magazine chests shall be of watertight metal construction with flush interior. The body and lid shall have a minimum thickness of
(b) Permanent sun shields shall be provided for sides and top including the lid. These shall have a minimum thickness of
(c) Chests shall be limited to a gross capacity of 100 cubic feet.
(d) Chests shall be secured to the vessel's structure by means of permanently installed foundation clips or bolts or a combination thereof. Lashings will not be acceptable.
(e) Chests shall be provided with substantial hasps and staples for locking purposes.
(a)
(2) Ventilation systems shall be of watertight construction and shall serve no other space. Weather cowls shall be provided with a double layer of wire screen of not less than
(b)
(2) Ventilation supply weather openings shall be located at least 6 feet above the deck. Exhaust terminals shall be located in the van overhead. Louvers or weather cowls with a double layer of wire screen of not less than
(a)
(2) Where automatic systems are installed sprinkler heads shall be of the open head design so as to permit either manual or automatic operation.
(3) Sprinkler systems shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of part 76 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter. Minimum total system capacity shall be based on 0.8 gallon per minute per square foot of overhead area.
(4) The normally required fire pumps may be used for magazine sprinkling
(b)
(2) Sprinkler systems shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of part 76 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter, except that the system capacity shall be sufficient to provide a coverage of 0.4 gallon per minute per square foot of overhead area.
(a) Labeling shall be in 3-inch block type lettering. Letters shall be red or white, whichever provides the better contrast against the background. On small chests the labeling size may be reduced to that consistent with the size of the chest so that the inscription may be placed in its entirety on the side or top.
(b) The access door to magazines and magazine vans shall bear the inscription:
(c) Magazine chests shall be marked in a conspicuous location, preferably the top, with the inscription:
(d) Magazine chests used for blasting caps, detonators, or boosters shall be marked in a conspicuous location with the inscription as appropriate:
(e) Magazine van, unless specifically approved as a portable magazine under provisions of 49 CFR 176.137 shall bear the additional statements on each side:
(f) Control locations for magazine sprinkler systems, in addition to the operating instructions required by § 76.20-20 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter shall bear the inscription:
(a) Chemical and scientific laboratories shall be considered service areas, and as such shall be subject to the applicable requirements of § 190.07-10(d).
(1) Incombustible materials shall be used, insofar as is reasonable and practicable, for permanently installed laboratory furnishings and equipment, such as desks, file and storage cabinets, waste paper baskets, work benches, chair frames, etc. Working surfaces where chemical stores are used shall be of incombustible material.
(2) Combustible materials may be used for other working surfaces and for temporary furnishings and equipment installed to facilitate a specific scientific mission.
(b) Storage of all equipment, materials, etc., and cleanliness shall be consistent with sound laboratory practices. All items shall be securely stowed.
(c) Provision shall be made for rapid removal of chemical spills and protection of the deck. In areas where chemicals will commonly be used, the deck shall be covered with a nonskid masonry or other suitably resistant material so fashioned that spillage will be contained and easily removed.
(d) The access doors to the laboratory shall bear the inscription “Chemical Laboratory”, or “Scientific Laboratory”, in lettering meeting requirements of § 194.10-35(a).
(a) With the knowledge and approval of the master, the senior member of the scientific party embarked may supervise the safety and operation of the chemical laboratory.
(b) The laboratory supervisor shall:
(1) Maintain the highest standards of safe working conditions.
(2) Provide safeguards against hazardous undertakings.
(3) Educate personnel working in the laboratory spaces to be alert for hazards.
(a) Operations, reactions or experiments which produce toxic, noxious or corrosive vapors shall be conducted under a suitably installed fume hood. The fume hood shall be equipped with an independent power exhaust ventilation system which terminates so as to prevent fumes from entering other portions of the vessel. The exhaust system of the fume hood shall be compatible with the ventilation system of the laboratory to prevent fumes from backing-up within the fume hood system. The terminals shall be equipped with acceptable flame screens.
(b) Chemical laboratories shall be equipped with power ventilation system of the exhaust type serving the entire laboratory for use in the event of spills or other emergencies. The system shall have a capacity sufficient to effect a complete change of air in not more than 4 minutes based upon the volume of the compartment.
(1) Power ventilation units shall have nonsparking impellers and shall not produce a source of vapor ignition in either the compartment or the ventilation system associated with the compartment.
(2) The power ventilation system shall be interlocked with any other ventilation or air-conditioning system serving the laboratory in a manner to prevent the circulation of vapors to other spaces.
(3) This ventilation system shall be independent of any other ventilation system in the vessel. It shall serve no other space. It shall be of watertight construction.
(4) Ventilation exhaust outlets shall terminate more than 6 feet from any opening to the interior part of the vessel and from any possible source of vapor ignition.
(5) The control for the power ventilation system shall be conveniently located and marked in a manner to clearly identify the purpose of the control.
(c) Ventilation of air conditioning systems serving the chemical laboratory shall be designed so that air cannot be recirculated into an accommodation space.
(a) If a fixed or semiportable fire-fighting system is installed, it shall meet the applicable requirements in part 193 of this subchapter. Other fire-fighting systems will be given special consideration by the Commandant.
(b) Portable fire extinguishers are required in accordance with Table 193.50-10(a) of this subchapter.
(a) Chemical stores mentioned in § 194.05-3 may be stored in small working quantities in the laboratory provided their containers are labeled in accordance with § 194.05-5(a).
(b) Chemical stores in greater than small laboratory working quantities shall be stored in approved containers in the chemical storeroom as prescribed in § 194.05-1(b).
(c) All material stored in any laboratory shall be securely stowed for sea with due consideration for chemical compatibility and safety standards.
(a) Working spaces in which chemical stores are used shall be equipped with a fresh water supply shower.
(b) There shall be a provision for flushing away chemical spills.
Chemicals, including those listed in 49 CFR part 172, may be stored in small working quantities in the chemical laboratory.
(a) When, in consideration for a particular operation, compressed gases are needed within the laboratory, the cylinders may be temporarily installed in the laboratory, provided no more than one (1) cylinder of each gas is in the laboratory simultaneously. When transporting compressed gas cylinders to, from, or within the vessel, the cylinder valves shall be capped or otherwise protected in accordance with 49 CFR 173.301(g).
(b) Cylinders temporarily installed in the laboratory shall be securely stowed for sea. Appropriate safety signs shall be displayed and safety precautions observed.
(c) Oxygen and acetylene cylinders for use in ship's maintenance shall not be stored in the laboratory.
(d) Systems providing gas for bunsen burners or similar semipermanent/permanent installations shall be installed in accordance with subpart 195.03 of part 195.
(a) All electrical equipment located within 18 inches of the deck of the chemical laboratory shall be in accord-ance with the applicable requirements of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter for Class I, Division 2, hazardous locations. Electrical equipment located 18 inches or more above the deck may be of a type suitable for wet or dry locations in accordance with Subchapter J.
(a) The chemical storerooms shall be considered to be service areas and as such shall be subject to the applicable requirements of § 190.07-10(d).
(1) Installed equipment, such as shelves and cabinets, shall be constructed of incombustible materials.
(2) The access doors to the storeroom shall bear the inscription “Chemical Storeroom.”
(b) Storage and cleanliness shall be consistent with good chemical stowage practices.
(c) The deck of the chemical storeroom shall be of a nonskid material suitably resistant to chemical spills. Provision shall be made for the containment and removal of chemical spills.
(d) Chemical reactions and experiments shall not be conducted in the chemical storeroom.
(e) A storeroom, when used as a chemical storeroom, shall be exclusively for the stowage of chemical stores.
(f) All doors shall open in the direction of escape.
(g) Movement of chemical stores to, or from, the storeroom shall be accomplished utilizing suitable, portable containers. In no event shall piping systems, or similar arrangements, be permitted for transfer of chemical stores between the storeroom and the area in which the chemical stores are to be used.
(a) With the knowledge and approval of the master the senior member of the scientific party embarked may supervise the safety and operation of the chemical storerooms.
(b) The chemical storeroom supervisor shall:
(1) Maintain the highest standards of safe working conditions.
(2) Provide safeguards against hazardous undertakings.
(3) Educate personnel working in, and near, the storeroom to be alert for hazards.
(a) Chemical storerooms shall be equipped with a power ventilation system of exhaust type. The system shall have a capacity sufficient to effect a complete change of air in not more than 4 minutes based upon the volume of the compartment.
(1) Power ventilation units shall have nonsparking impellers and shall not produce a source of vapor ignition in either the compartment or the ventilation system associated with the compartment.
(2) This ventilation system shall be independent of any other ventilation system. It shall serve no other space in the vessel. It shall be of watertight construction.
(3) Inlets to exhaust ducts shall be provided and located at points where concentration of vapors may be expected. Ventilation exhaust outlets shall terminate more than 6 feet from any opening to the interior part of the vessel and from any possible source of vapor ignition. Terminals shall be fitted with acceptable flame screens.
(4) The control for the power ventilation system shall be conveniently located and marked in a manner to clearly identify the purpose of the control.
(b) Provisions shall be made so that the chemical storeroom will be ventilated before it is entered. An Indicator shall be provided outside the space to show that ventilation is being provided. In addition, the storeroom shall be marked “Danger—Ventilate Before Entering.”
(a) Each chemical storeroom shall be protected by a fixed automatic carbon dioxide extinguishing system installed in accordance with subpart 193.15 of part 193 of this subchapter.
(b) Portable fire extinguishers are required in accordance with Table 193.50-10(a) of this subchapter.
(a) Chemical stores shall be stored in the chemical storeroom as prescribed in § 194.05-1(b).
(b) All items stored in the storeroom shall be secured against shifting and with due consideration for chemical compatibility and safety standards.
(1) Items shall not be stowed on the deck.
(2) Shelving shall be so constructed as to provide a clear space of at least 4 inches between the bottom shelf and the deck.
(a) Provision shall be made for flushing away chemical spills.
(b) If a drainage system is installed, it shall be separate from any other drainage system.
(a) Flammable liquids are excluded from the storeroom unless contained in properly marked and labeled metal safety cans not in excess of 5 gallons of each kind. Refer to subpart 194.05 for applicable requirements governing quantities greater than 5 gallons.
(b) Combustible liquids in approved portable drums, barrels or containers not in excess of 55 gallons of each kind may be stored in the storeroom. Refer to subpart 194.05 for applicable requirements governing quantities greater than 55 gallons.
(c) Containers when used for dispensing flammable and combustible liquids shall be equipped with automatic closing valves.
(d) Poisons listed in 49 CFR part 172 may be stored in approved containers in the chemical storeroom.
(e) Explosives and oxidizing materials not for use in the chemical laboratory shall not be stored in the chemical storeroom.
(f) Chemical stores specifically mentioned in 49 CFR part 172 may be carried in the chemical storeroom.
(a) Nonflammable compressed gases (excluding oxygen) may be securely stowed in the storeroom:
(b) Flammable compressed gases and oxygen shall be stowed in accordance with 49 CFR part 176, subpart H.
(c) Compressed gas cylinders shall have valve protection in accordance with 49 CFR 173.301(g) and shall be safely stowed in a vertical position in suitable racks.
(a) Piping, electrical equipment, and wiring shall not be installed within or pass through a chemical storeroom except as required for the chemical storeroom itself.
(b) The electrical installation shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter for Class I, Division 1, Group C hazardous locations.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the following requirements:
(1) Existing arrangements, materials, and facilities previously approved but not meeting the applicable requirements of subparts 194.05 through 194.20 may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs, alterations, and replacements may be permitted to the same standards as the original design:
(2) All new installations, major alterations, and major replacements shall meet the applicable requirements in this part for new vessels.
(3) The general requirements of subparts 194.05 through 194.20 shall apply unless in the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, it is unreasonable or impracticable, or the arrangement or construction of the vessel makes it unnecessary.
46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1156, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as specifically noted in this part.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part, and the sections affected is:
(a) The installation of all systems of a marine engineering nature, together with the details of design, construction, and installation, shall be in accord-ance with the requirements of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter. Systems of this type include the following:
(a) The installation of all systems of an electrical engineering or interior communication nature, together with the details of design, construction, and installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter. Systems of this type include the following:
All lifesaving appliances and arrangements shall be in accordance with the requirements for special purpose vessels in subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 195.07-90, shall apply to all vessels other than unmanned barges, contracted for on or after March 1, 1968.
(b) Vessels other than unmanned barges contracted for prior to March 1, 1968 shall meet the requirements of § 195.07-90.
(a) Vessels in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes service shall be fitted with anchors, chains, and hawsers which shall be in general agreement with the standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping, see subpart 188.35 of part 188 of this subchapter.
(b) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the following requirements and alternatives also apply:
(1) The American Bureau of Shipping rules relating to anchor equipment are mandatory, not a guide.
(2) Vessels under 200 feet (61 meters) in length and with an American Bureau of Shipping equipment number of less than 150 may be equipped with either:
(i) One anchor of the tabular weight and one-half the tabulated length of anchor chain listed in the applicable standard, or
(ii) Two anchors of one-half the tabular weight with the total length of anchor chain listed in the applicable standard provided both anchors are in a position that allows for ready use at all times and the windlass is capable of heaving in either anchor.
(c) Standards of other recognized classification societies may be used, in lieu of those established by the American Bureau of Shipping, upon approval by the Commandant.
(a) Vessels in lakes, bays, and sounds, or river service shall be fitted with such ground tackle and hawsers as deemed necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, depending upon the size of the vessel and the waters on which it operates.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, shall meet the following requirements:
(1) Existing arrangements, materials, installations, and facilities previously accepted or approved shall be considered satisfactory for the same service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. If the service of the vessel is changed, the suitability of the equipment will be established by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(2) Minor repairs, alterations and replacements may be permitted to the same standards as the original installations. However, all new installations, major alterations, or major replacements shall meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels.
(a) All scientific equipment shall be designed to good commercial stand-ards for such appliances, where applicable. Their electrical and pressure connections to the ship's supply shall be designed to marine standards.
(b) It shall be the responsibility of the owner to assure that the scientific equipment and their electrical or pressure connections to the ship's supply are maintained in such a manner as to be free of personnel hazards which may be caused by shock, temperature extremes, and moving parts.
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels.
(a) The provisions in this subpart contain requirements for the design, construction, and stowage of portable vans, or tanks, which may be carried on board vessels. As used in this subpart, portable vans and tanks, are intended to include those temporary structures which may be carried aboard a vessel for a limited period of time and which are not permanently attached to the vessel.
(b) Special consideration may be given to the approval of portable structures which have been used for other purposes prior to proposed use on these vessels.
(c) As used in this subpart, portable vans, magazines, chests, etc., are intended to include those temporary structures which may be carried aboard a vessel for a limited period of time and which are not permanently attached to the vessel. The use, arrangement, and handling of such portable structures shall be approved by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, prior to placement on board the vessel.
(a) The design and material selection shall incorporate consideration of forces and environmental conditions to which the structure, attachments, and attachment points will be exposed.
(b) Steel, aluminum or other substantial material suitable for a marine environment may be used for construction of the basic van box.
(c) Accommodation vans are those intended to provide increased accommodation and related spaces of a temporary nature aboard a vessel. They shall, insofar as is reasonable and practicable, meet the applicable requirements of this subchapter for means of escape, arrangement, interior construction, and electrical installations.
(d) Power vans are those outfitted with electrical power generating machinery or batteries providing electrical power for other vans or to scientific equipment. They shall insofar as is reasonable and practicable meet the applicable requirements of this subchapter for pressure piping, electrical, fire extinguishing and ventilation systems.
(e) Vans for the use or storage of chemical stores as defined in § 194.05-3 of this subchapter shall be constructed and outfitted in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter.
(f) Vans containing scientific equipment are considered as within the definition of § 188.10-67 of this subchapter.
(a) Accommodation, power and chemical stores vans are subject to normal plan submission procedures of subpart 189.55 and to initial construction inspection. They shall also be subject to reinspection at two year intervals.
(b) Vans which have not undergone plan review and initial inspection may be accepted on a single voyage basis by the OCMI provided that they are in good condition and are free of hazards to personnel.
(a) All vans shall be provided with a label plate stating light weight, gross weight, and power requirements where applicable.
(b) For vans subject to inspection label plates shall provide space for the date of initial inspection, the marine inspector's initials, and stamp. Space
(a) Vans required to be inspected and bearing a current inspection stamp may be accepted for loading and stowage by the master of the vessel who shall insure that the van is in good condition.
(1) Vans containing scientific equipment and nonhazardous stores may be accepted by the master of the vessel subject to his inspection to determine that electrical and pressure connections are in good condition and adequate for the service intended.
(b) The master shall insure that all vans are securely stowed and attached to the vessel to prevent shifting in a seaway. Portable vans to be occupied during the vessel's operation shall be securely attached to the vessel by welding, bolting, or equivalent means.
(c) Vans shall be located with due regard to access and to prevent recirculation of the discharge from the exhaust systems of the vessel.
(d) The loading of vans shall be in accordance with the stability requirements of the vessel.
(e) Prior to a vessel's departure, an entry shall be made in the official logbook for each portable van placed on board that such van and its stowage are in compliance with the applicable requirements in this subchapter.
(a) All portable tanks, whether hazardous or nonhazardous commodities, shall be loaded and stowed in accordance with the stability requirements of the vessel.
(b) Portable tanks for flammable or combustible liquids in bulk (see § 188.05-30(b) of this subchapter) shall not be carried on vessels.
(c) Portable tanks containing other hazardous materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR parts 171-179.
All mechanically propelled vessels of 1,600 gross tons and over in ocean or coastwise service must be fitted with a marine radar system for surface navigation. Facilities for plotting radar readings must be provided on the bridge.
(a) All mechanically propelled vessels in ocean or coastwise service must be fitted with a magnetic compass.
(b) All mechanically propelled vessels of 1,600 gross tons and over in ocean or coastwise service must be fitted with a gyrocompass in addition to the magnetic compass.
(c) Each vessel must have an illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass required under paragraph (b) that is at the main steering stand unless the gyrocompass is illuminated and is at the main steering stand.
(a) All mechanically propelled vessels of 500 gross tons and over shall be fitted with an efficient electronic deep-sea sounding apparatus and another independent means of obtaining deep-sea soundings, which may be a deep-sea hand lead.
CGD 86-036, 57 FR 48327, Oct. 23, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
(a) This subpart, except § 195.30-90, applies to each vessel that is contracted for on or after November 23, 1992, and is equipped with any refrigeration unit using—
(1) Ammonia to refrigerate any space with a volume of more than 20 cubic feet; or
(2) Fluorocarbons to refrigerate any space with a volume of more than 1000 cubic feet.
(b) Each vessel that is contracted for before November 23, 1992, must satisfy § 195.30-90 if it is equipped with any refrigeration unit using—
(1) Ammonia to refrigerate any space with a volume of more than 20 cubic feet, or
(2) Fluorocarbons to refrigerate any space with a volume of more than 1000 cubic feet.
(a) Each self-contained breathing apparatus must be of the pressure-demand, open-circuit type, approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), and have at a minimum a 30-minute air supply, a full facepiece, and a spare charge.
(b) All equipment shall be maintained in an operative condition, and it shall be the responsibility of the master and chief engineer to ascertain that a sufficient number of the crew are familiar with the operation of the equipment.
(a) Each vessel must have a self-contained breathing apparatus for use as protection against gas leaking from a refrigeration unit.
(b) The self-contained breathing apparatus required by paragraph (a) of this section may be one of those required by § 195.35-10.
Vessels contracted for before November 23, 1992, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Each vessel must satisfy §§ 195.30-5 through 195.30-15 concerning the number of items and method of stowage of equipment.
(b) Items of equipment previously approved, but not meeting the applicable specifications set forth in § 195.30-5, may continue in service as long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; but each item in an installation or a replacement must meet all applicable specifications.
(c) Each respirator must either satisfy § 195.30-5(a) or be a self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus previously approved by MSHA and NIOSH under part 160, subpart 160.011, of this chapter.
(a) This subpart, except § 195.35-90, applies to each vessel, other than an unmanned barge, contracted for on or after November 23, 1992.
(b) Each vessel, other than an unmanned barge, contracted for before November 23, 1992, must satisfy § 195.35-90.
(c) All unmanned barges are exempt from the requirements in this subpart. However, if any unmanned barge carries a fireman's outfit, the outfit must meet the requirements in this subpart for such outfits aboard manned barges.
(a) All flame safety lamps shall be of an approved type, constructed in accordance with subpart 160.016 of part 160 of Subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter.
(b) Each self-contained breathing apparatus must be of the pressure-demand, open-circuit type, approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), and have at a minimum a 30-minute air supply and a full facepiece.
(c) Flashlights shall be Type II or Type III, constructed and marked in accordance with ASTM F1014-1986.
(d) All lifelines shall be of steel or bronze wire rope. Steel wire rope shall be either inherently corrosion-resistant, or made so by galvanizing or tinning. Each end shall be fitted with a hook with keeper having throat opening which can be readily slipped over a
(e) All equipment shall be maintained in an operative condition, and it shall be the responsibility of the master and chief engineer to ascertain that a sufficient number of the crew are familiar with the operation of the equipment.
(f) Boots and gloves shall be of rubber or other electrically nonconducting material.
(g) The helmet shall provide effective protection against impact.
(h) Protective clothing shall be of material that will protect the skin from the heat of fire and burns from scalding steam. The outer surface shall be water resistant.
(a) Each fireman's outfit must consist of one self-contained breathing apparatus, one lifeline with a belt or a suitable harness, one flashlight, one flame safety lamp, one rigid helmet, boots and gloves, protective clothing, and one fire ax.
(b) Every vessel shall carry at least two fireman's outfits. The fireman's outfits must be stored in widely separated, accessible locations.
(a) Equipment shall be stowed in a convenient, accessible location as determined by the master, for use in case of emergency.
(a) A complete recharge shall be carried for each self-contained breathing apparatus, and a complete set of spare batteries shall be carried for each flashlight. The spares shall be stowed in the same location as the equipment it is to reactivate.
Vessels contracted for before November 23, 1992, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Each vessel must satisfy §§ 195.35-5 through 195.35-20 concerning the number of items and method of stowage of equipment.
(b) Items of equipment previously approved, but not meeting the applicable specifications set forth in § 195.35-5, may continue in service as long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; but each item in an installation or a replacement must meet all applicable specifications.
(c) Each respirator must either satisfy § 195.35-5(b) or be a self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus previously approved by MSHA and NIOSH under part 160, subpart 160.011, of this chapter.
(a) This section applies to each vessel that normally embarks or disembarks a pilot from a pilot boat or other vessel.
(b) Each vessel must have suitable pilot boarding equipment available for use on each side of the vessel. If a vessel has only one set of equipment, the equipment must be capable of being
(c) Pilot boarding equipment must be capable of resting firmly against the vessel's side and be secured so that it is clear from overboard discharges.
(d) Each vessel must have lighting positioned to provide adequate illumination for the pilot boarding equipment and each point of access.
(e) Each vessel must have a point of access that has—
(1) A gateway in the rails or bulwark with adequate handholds; or
(2) Two handhold stanchions and a bulwark ladder that is securely attached to the bulwark rail and deck.
(f) The pilot boarding equipment required by paragraph (b) of this section must include at least one pilot ladder approved under subpart 163.003 of this chapter. Each pilot ladder must be of a single length and capable of extending from the point of access to the water's edge during each condition of loading and trim, with an adverse list of 15°.
(g) Whenever the distance from the water's edge to the point of access is more than 30 feet, access from a pilot ladder to the vessel must be by way of an accommodation ladder or equally safe and convenient means.
(h) Pilot hoists, if used, must be approved under subpart 163.002 of this chapter.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2213, 3306, 5115, 6101; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1158, Jan. 27, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The provisions of this part shall apply to all vessels except as specifically noted in this part.
(a) Licensed deck officers are required to acquaint themselves with the latest information published by the Coast Guard and the U.S. Navy regarding aids to navigation. Neglect to do so is evidence of neglect of duty. It is desirable that all vessels have available in the pilothouse for convenient reference at all times a file of the applicable Notice to Mariners.
(b) Weekly Notices to Mariners (Great Lakes Edition) as published by the Commander, 9th Coast Guard District, contains announcements and information on changes in aids to navigation and other marine information affecting the safety of navigation on the Great Lakes. These notices may be obtained free of charge, by making application to Commander, 9th Coast Guard District.
(c) Weekly Notices to Mariners (worldwide coverage) are prepared jointly by the U.S. Naval Oceano-graphic Office, the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey and the U.S. Coast Guard. They include changes in aids to navigation in assembled form for the 1st, 5th, 7th, Greater Antilles Section, 8th, 11th, 13th, 14th, and 17th Coast Guard Districts. Foreign marine information is also included in these notices. These notices are available without charge
As appropriate for the intended voyage, all vessels except barges, and vessels operating exclusively on rivers, must carry adequate and up-to-date—
(a) Charts;
(b) Sailing directions;
(c) Coast pilots;
(d) Light lists;
(e) Notices to mariners;
(f) Tide tables;
(g) Current tables; and
(h) All other nautical publications necessary.
The requirements for providing notice and reporting of marine casualties and for retaining voyage records are contained in part 4 of this chapter.
If a stability letter is issued in accordance with the requirements in § 170.120 of this chapter, it must be posted under glass or other suitable transparent material in the pilothouse of the vessel.
The requirements for muster lists, emergency signals, and manning must be in accordance with subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels.
(a) On all vessels making a voyage of more than 48 hours duration, the entire steering gear, the whistle, and the means of communication between the bridge or pilothouse and engine-room shall be examined and tested by an officer of the vessel within a period of not more than 12 hours prior to departure. On all other vessels similar examinations and tests shall be made at least once in every week.
(b) The date of the test and the condition of the equipment shall be noted in the official logbook.
(a) The master of every vessel on an ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes voyage shall enter the drafts of the vessel, forward and aft, in the official logbook when leaving port.
(b) On vessels subject to the requirements of Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter at the time of departure from port on an ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes voyage, the master shall insert in the official logbook a statement of the position of the loadline mark, port, and starboard, in relation to the surface of the water in which the vessel is then floating.
(1) When an allowance for draft is made for density of the water in which the vessel is floating, this density is to be noted in the official logbook.
(a) After loading and prior to departure and at all other times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel, the master shall determine that the vessel complies with all applicable stability requirements in the vessel's trim and stability book, stability letter, Certificate of Inspection, and Load Line Certificate, as the case may be, and then enter an attestation statement of the verification in the log book. The vessel may not depart until it is in compliance with these requirements.
(b) When determining compliance with applicable stability requirements the vessel's draft, trim, and stability must be determined as necessary and any stability calculations made in support of the determination must be retained on board the vessel for the duration of the voyage.
(a) It shall be the duty of the master and chief engineer to see that the vessel, and, in particular, the quarters are in a clean and sanitary condition. The chief engineer shall be responsible only for the sanitary condition of the engineering department.
(a) It shall be the duty of the chief engineer when he assumes charge of the boilers and machinery of a vessel to examine them thoroughly. If any parts thereof are in unsatisfactory condition, or if the safety-valve seals are broken, the fact shall immediately be reported to the master, owner, or agent, and the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) The master of a vessel fitted with loading doors shall assure that all loading doors are closed watertight and secured during the entire voyage except that—
(1) If a door cannot be opened or closed while the vessel is at a dock, it may be open while the vessel approaches and draws away from the dock, but only as far as necessary to enable the door to be immediately operated.
(2) If needed to operate the vessel, or embark and disembark passengers when the vessel is at anchor in protected waters, loading doors may be open provided that the master determines that the safety of the vessel is not impaired.
(b) For the purposes of this section, “loading doors” include all weathertight ramps, bow visors, and openings used to load personnel, equipment, cargo, and stores, in the collision bulkhead, the side shell, and the boundaries of enclosed superstructures that are continuous with the shell of the vessel.
(c) The master shall enter into the log book the time and door location of every closing of the loading doors.
(d) The master shall enter into the log book any opening of the doors in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section setting forth the time of the opening of the doors and the circumstances warranting this action.
(a) It shall be the responsibility of the master to assure himself that all exposed hatches and other openings in the hull of his vessel are closed, made properly watertight by the use of tarpaulins, gaskets or similar devices, and in all respects properly secured for sea before leaving protected waters.
(b) The openings to which this section applies are as follows:
(1) Exposed hatches.
(2) Gangway and other ports fitted below the freeboard deck.
(3) Port lights that are not accessible during navigation, including the dead lights for such port lights.
(c) The master at his discretion may permit hatches or other openings to remain uncovered or open, or to be uncovered or opened for reasonable purposes such as ship's maintenance while the vessel is being navigated:
(d) In the event the master employs the discretionary provisions of this section after leaving port he shall cause appropriate entries to be made in the
(e) The discretionary provisions of this section shall not relieve the master of his responsibility for the safety of his vessel, equipment or persons on board.
(a) Where fitted, it shall be the duty of the master to see that the emergency lighting and power systems are operated and inspected at least once in each week that the vessel is navigated to be assured that the system is in proper operating condition.
(b) Internal combustion engine driven emergency generators shall be operated under load for at least 2 hours, at least once in each month that the vessel is navigated.
(c) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and power systems shall be tested at least once in each 6-month period that the vessel is navigated to demonstrate the ability of the storage battery to supply the emergency loads for the specified period of time.
(d) The date of the tests and the condition and performance of the apparatus shall be noted in the official logbook.
Onboard training, musters, and drills must be in accordance with subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) It shall be the duty of the chief engineer to cause an entry in the log to be made of each supply of fuel oil received on board, stating the quantity received, the name of the vendor, the name of the oil producer, and the flashpoint (closed cup test) for which it is certified by the producer.
(b) It shall be the further duty of the chief engineer to cause to be drawn and sealed and suitably labeled at the time the supply is received on board, a half-pint sample of each lot of fuel oil. These samples shall be preserved until the particular supply of oil is exhausted.
(a) It shall be the duty of the owner, master, or person in charge to see that the vessel's firefighting equipment is at all times ready for use and that all such equipment required by the regulations in this subchapter is provided, maintained, and replaced as indicated.
(b) It shall be the duty of the owner, master, or person in charge to require and have performed at least once in every 12 months the tests and inspections of all hand portable fire extinguishers, semiportable fire extinguishing systems, and fixed fire extinguishing systems on board as described in Tables 189.25-20(a)(1) and 189.25-20(a)(2) in § 189.25-20(a) of this subchapter. The owner, master, or person in charge shall keep records of such tests and inspections showing the dates when performed, the number and/or other identification of each unit tested and inspected, and the name(s) of the person(s) and/or company conducting the tests and inspections. Such records shall be made available to the marine inspector upon request and shall be kept for the period of validity of the vessel's current certificate of inspection. Where practicable these records should be kept in or with the vessel's logbook. The conduct of these tests and inspections does not relieve the owner, master, or person in charge of his responsibility to maintain this firefighting equipment in proper condition at all times.
For each ocean and coastwise vessel of 1,600 gross tons or over, the following apply:
(a) The following maneuvering information must be prominently displayed in the pilothouse on a fact sheet:
(1) For full and half speed, a turning circle diagram to port and starboard that shows the time and the distance of advance and transfer required to alter
(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from full and half speed while maintaining approximately the initial heading with minimum application of rudder.
(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table of shaft revolutions per minute for a representative range of speeds.
(4) For each vessel with a control-able pitch propeller a table of control settings for a representative range of speeds.
(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary device to assist in maneuvering, such as a bow thruster, a table of vessel speeds at which the auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the vessel.
(b) The maneuvering information must be provided in the normal load and normal light condition with normal trim for a particular condition of loading assuming the following—
(1) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Deep water conditions—water depth twice the vessel's draft or greater; and
(4) Clean hull.
(c) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following statement must appear:
(1) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calm sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Water depth twice the vessel's draft or greater.
(4) Clean hull; and
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.
(d) The information on the fact sheet must be:
(1) Verified six months after the vessel is placed in service; or
(2) Modified six months after the vessel is placed into service and verified within three months thereafter.
(e) The information that appears on the fact sheet may be obtained from:
(1) Trial trip observations;
(2) Model tests;
(3) Analytical calculations;
(4) Simulations;
(5) Information established from another vessel of similar hull form, power, rudder and propeller; or
(6) Any combination of the above.
(f) The requirements for information for fact sheets for specialized craft such as semi-submersibles, hydrofoils, hovercraft and other vessels of unusual design will be specified on a case by case basis.
(a) The unnecessary sounding of the vessel's whistle is prohibited within any harbor limits of the United States.
(a) No person shall flash or cause to be flashed the rays of a searchlight or other blinding light onto the bridge or into the pilothouse of any vessel underway.
(a) Nothing in this part shall exonerate any master or officer in command from the consequences of any neglect to keep a proper lookout or the neglect of any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of seamen or by the special circumstances of the case.
(a) Before making any repairs to boilers or unfired pressure vessels, the Chief Engineer shall submit a report
(a) In the event of an accident to a boiler, unfired pressure vessel, or machinery tending to render the further use of the item unsafe until repairs are made, or if by ordinary wear such items become unsafe, a report shall be made by the Chief Engineer immediately to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or if at sea, immediately upon arrival at port.
(a) No repairs or alterations, except in an emergency, shall be made to any lifesaving or fire detecting or extinguishing equipment without advance notice to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. When emergency repairs or alterations have been made, notice shall be given to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as soon as practicable.
(a) If at any time it is necessary to break the seal on a safety valve for any purpose, the Chief Engineer shall advise the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at the next port of call, giving the reason for breaking the seal and requesting that the valve be examined and adjusted by an inspector.
On all vessels navigating in other than protected waters, where the distance between deckhouses is more than 46 meters (150 feet) a fixed means of facilitating communication between both ends of the vessel, such as a raised fore and aft bridge or side tunnels, must be provided. Previously approved arrangements may be retained so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) Provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels.
(a) Each buoyant work vest carried under the permissive authority of this section must be approved under—
(1) Subpart 160.053 of this chapter; or
(2) Subpart 160.077 of this chapter as a commercial hybrid PFD.
(a) Approved buoyant work vests are considered to be items of safety apparel and may be carried aboard vessels to be worn by crew members when working near or over the water under favorable working conditions. They shall be used under the supervision and control of designated ship's officers. When carried, such vests shall not be accepted in lieu of any portion of the required number of approved life preservers and shall not be substituted for the approved life preservers required to be worn during drills and emergencies.
(a) The approved buoyant work vests shall be stowed separately from the regular stowage of approved life preservers.
(b) The locations for the stowage of work vests shall be such as not to be easily confused with that for approved life preservers.
(a) Each work vest shall be subject to examination by a marine inspector to determine its serviceability. If found to be satisfactory, it may be continued in service, but shall not be stamped by a marine inspector with a Coast Guard stamp. If a work vest is found not to be in a serviceable condition, then such work vest shall be removed from the vessel. If a work vest is beyond repair, it shall be destroyed or mutilated in the presence of a marine inspector so as to prevent its continued use as a work vest.
(a) In addition to the other requirements in this subpart, commercial hybrid PFD's must be—
(1) Used, stowed, and maintained in accordance with the procedures set out in the manual required for these devices by § 160.077-29 of this chapter and any limitations(s) marked on them; and
(2) Of the same or similar design and have the same method of operation as each other hybrid PFD carried on board.
(a) Except as specifically noted, the provisions of this subpart shall apply to all manned vessels.
(a) The master or person in charge of an oceanographic research vessel that is required by 46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook may maintain the logbook on form CG-706 or in the owner's format for an official logbook. Such logs must be kept available for a review for a period of 1 year after the date to which the records refer, or for the period of validity of the vessel's current certificate of inspection, whichever is longer. When the voyage is completed, the master or person in charge shall file the logbook with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) The master or person in charge of a vessel that is not required by 46 U.S.C. 11301 to have a official logbook, shall maintain, on aboard, an unofficial logbook or record in any form desired for the purposes of making entries therein as required by law or regulations in this subchapter. Such logs or records are not filed with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, but must be kept available for review by a marine inspector for a period of 1 year after the date to which the records refer. Separate records of tests and inspections of fire fighting equipment must be maintained with the vessel's logs for the period of validity of the vessel's certificate of inspection.
The actions and observations noted in this section shall be entered in the official logbook. This section contains no requirements which are not made in other portions of this subchapter, the items being merely grouped together for convenience.
(a) Onboard training, musters, and drills: held in accordance with subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(b) Steering gear, whistle, and means of communication. Prior to departure. See § 196.15-3.
(c) Drafts and load line marks. Prior to leaving port, ocean, coastwise, and Great Lakes service only. See § 196.15-5.
(d) Verification of vessel compliance with applicable stability requirements. After loading and prior to departure and at all other times necessary to assure the safety of the vessel. See § 196.15-7.
(e) Loading doors. Where applicable, every closing and any opening when not docked. See § 196.15-18.
(f) Emergency lighting and power systems. Weekly and semiannually. See § 196.15-30.
(g) Fuel oil data: Upon receipt of fuel oil on board. See § 196.15-55.
(h) Hatches and other openings. All openings and closings required by § 196.15-20.
(i) Magazines and magazine chests. Maximum and minimum temperatures as required by § 196.85-1(b).
(j) Portable vans, prior to departure. See § 195.11-25(e) of this subchapter.
(k) Weight handling gear, prior to departure. See § 189.35-13(b) of this subchapter.
(a) All manned vessels shall have permanently exhibited for the guidance of
(a) It is the intent of this subpart to shall apply to all vessels.
(a) It is the intent of this subpart to provide such markings as are necessary for the guidance of the persons on board in case of an emergency. In any specific case, and particularly on small vessels, where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, that the prescribed markings are unnecessary for the guidance of the persons on board in case of emergency, such markings may be modified or omitted.
(b) In addition to English, notices, directional signs, etc., shall be printed in languages appropriate to the service of the vessel.
(c) Where in this subpart red letters are specified, letters of a contrasting color on a red background will be accepted.
(a) Each general alarm contact maker must be marked in accordance with requirements in Subpchapter J (Electrical Engineering Regulations) of this chapter.
See also § 113.25-20 of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(a) All general alarm bells shall be identified by red lettering at least
(a) All carbon dioxide alarms shall be conspicuously identified: “WHEN ALARM SOUNDS—VACATE AT ONCE. CARBON DIOXIDE BEING RELEASED.”
(a) The branch line valves of all fire extinguishing systems shall be plainly and permanently marked indicating the spaces served.
(a) The control cabinets or spaces containing valves or manifolds for the various fire extinguishing systems shall be distinctly marked in conspicuous red letters at least 2 inches high: “CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE APPARATUS,” or “FOAM FIRE APPARATUS,” etc., as the case may be.
(a) Each fire hydrant shall be identified in red letters and figures at least 2 inches high “FIRE STATION NO. 1”, “2”, “3”, etc. Where the hose is not stowed in the open or behind glass so as to be readily seen, this identification shall be so placed as to be readily seen from a distance.
(a) Lockers or spaces containing self-contained breathing apparatus shall be marked “SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS”.
(a) Each hand portable fire extinguisher shall be marked with a number and the location where stowed shall be marked with a corresponding number at least
(a) All emergency lights shall be marked with a letter “E” at least
(a) Instructions in at least
(a) At all steering stations, there shall be installed a suitable notice on the wheel or device or in such other position as to be directly in the helmsman's line of vision, to indicate the direction in which the wheel or device must be turned for “right rudder” and for “left rudder”.
Lifesaving appliances, instructions to passengers, and stowage locations must be marked in accordance with subchapter W (Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements) of this chapter.
(a) Portable magazine chests shall be marked in letters at least 3 inches high:
(a) The provisions of this subpart shall apply to all vessels except as specifically noted.
Vessels shall be marked as required by parts 67 and 69 of this chapter.
(a) All vessels must have draft marks plainly and legibly visible upon the stem and upon the sternpost or rudderpost or at any place at the stern of the vessel as may be necessary for easy observance. The bottom of each mark must indicate the draft.
(b) The draft must be taken from the bottom of the keel to the surface of the water at the location of the marks.
(c) In cases where the keel does not extend forward or aft to the location of the draft marks, due to raked stem, or cutaway skeg, the datum line from which the draft shall be taken shall be obtained by projecting the line of the bottom of keel forward, or aft, as the case may be, to the location of the draft marks.
(d) In cases where a vessel may have a skeg or other appendage extending locally below the line of the keel, the draft at the end of the vessel adjacent to such appendage shall be measured to a line tangent to the lowest part of such appendage and parallel to the line of the bottom of the keel.
(e) Draft marks must be separated so that the projections of the marks onto a vertical plane are of uniform height equal to the vertical spacing between consecutive marks.
(f) Draft marks must be painted in contrasting color to the hull.
(g) In cases where draft marks are obscured due to operational constraints or by protrusions, the vessel must be fitted with a reliable draft indicating system from which the bow and stern drafts can be determined.
(a) Vessels assigned a load line shall have the deck line and the load line marks permanently marked or embossed as required by Subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter.
CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26013, May 23, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
The provisions of this subpart apply to all vessels on an international voyage, and all other vessels of 150 gross tons or over in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes service.
On all vessels to which this subpart applies there must be readily available to the deck officer of the watch a placard containing instructions for the use of the lifesaving signals set forth in regulation 16, chapter V, of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974. These signals must be used by vessels or persons in distress when communicating with lifesaving stations and maritime rescue units.
(a) It shall be the duty of the master and the engineer in charge of the boilers of any vessel to require that a steam pressure is not carried in excess of that allowed by the certificate of inspection and to require that the safety valves, once set and sealed by the inspector, are in no way tampered with or made inoperative except as provided in § 196.30-20.
(a) It shall be the duty of the master or other person in charge of the vessel to see that all of the provisions of the certificate of inspection are strictly adhered to. Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as limiting the master or other person in charge of the vessel, at his own responsibility, from diverting from the route prescribed in the certificate of inspection or taking such other steps as he deems necessary and prudent to assist vessels in distress or for other similar emergencies.
All licensed officers on a vessel shall have their licenses conspicuously displayed.
(a) It shall be the responsibility of the master to have prepared, signed, and prominently posted in conspicuous locations, operating procedures, plans, and safety precautions for all operations involving the use of explosives.
(b) The operating procedures referred to in paragraph (a) of this section shall include and set forth the special duties and stations of appropriate qualified persons for various operations involving the use of explosives. Assignment of such persons shall be commensurate with their experience and training.
(c) A copy of the operating procedures, plans and safety precautions required by paragraph (a) of this section and all subsequent changes or revisions shall be forwarded to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, issuing the certificate of inspection for review.
(a) Keys to magazine spaces and magazine chests shall be kept in the sole control or custody of the Master or one delegated qualified person at all times. Test fittings for magazine sprinkler systems shall be kept in a locked cabinet under the custody of the Master.
(b) Whenever explosives are stored in magazines and magazine chests they shall be inspected daily. Magazine inspection results and corrective action, when taken, shall be noted in the ship's log daily. Maximum and minimum temperatures for the previous 24-hour period shall be recorded in the ship's log along with general magazine condition and corrective action taken when necessary.
(c) The magazine sprinkler controls shall be tested monthly. Test results and all corrective actions taken shall be recorded in the ship's log.
(d) The Master shall limit access to the magazines, or the contents thereof, to persons who can document 3 months on board ship training in the use of explosives. This shall not be construed as prohibiting access to the Master or others designated by the Master.
(a) The master shall ensure that pilot boarding equipment is maintained as follows:
(1) The equipment must be kept clean and in good working order.
(2) Each damaged step or spreader step on a pilot ladder must be replaced in kind with an approved replacement step or spreader step, prior to further use of the ladder. The replacement step or spreader step must be secured by the method used in the original construction of the ladder, and in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
(b) The master shall ensure compliance with the following during pilot boarding operations:
(1) Only approved pilot boarding equipment may be used.
(2) The pilot boarding equipment must rest firmly against the hull of the vessel and be clear of overboard discharges.
(3) Two man ropes, a safety line and an approved lifebuoy with an approved water light must be at the point of access and be immediately available for use during boarding operations.
(4) Rigging of the equipment and embarkation/debarkation of a pilot must be supervised in person by a deck officer.
(5) Both the equipment over the side and the point of access must be adequately lit during the night operations.
(6) If a pilot hoist is used, a pilot ladder must be kept on deck adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use.
33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 6101; 49 CFR 1.46.
CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes rules for the design, construction, and use of equipment, and inspection, operation, and safety and health standards for commercial diving operations taking place from vessels and facilities under Coast Guard jurisdiction.
(a) This subpart applies to commercial diving operations taking place at any deepwater port or the safety zone thereof as defined in 33 CFR part 150; from any artificial island, installation, or other device on the Outer Continental Shelf and the waters adjacent thereto as defined in 33 CFR part 147 or otherwise related to activities on the Outer Continental Shelf; and from all vessels required to have a certificate of inspection issued by the Coast Guard including mobile offshore drilling units regardless of their geographic location, or from any vessel connected with a deepwater port or within the deep-water port safety zone, or from any vessel engaged in activities related to the Outer Continental Shelf; except that this subpart does not apply to any diving operation—
(1) Performed solely for marine scientific research and development purposes by educational institutions;
(2) Performed solely for research and development for the advancement of diving equipment and technology; or
(3) Performed solely for search and rescue or related public safety purposes by or under the control of a governmental agency.
(b) Diving operations may deviate from the requirements of this subpart to the extent necessary to prevent or minimize a situation which is likely to cause death, injury, or major environmental damage. The circumstances leading to the situation, the deviations made, and the corrective action taken, if appropriate, to reduce the possibility of recurrence shall be recorded by the diving supervisor in the logbook as required by § 197.482(c).
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.
As used in this subpart:
(a) Several standards have been incorporated by reference in this subchapter. The incorporation by reference has been approved by the Director of the Federal Register under the provisions of 1 CFR part 51.
(b) The standards are available from the appropriate organizations whose addresses are listed below:
(1) American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036.
(2) American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
(a) The Coast Guard may accept substitutes for equipment, materials, apparatus, arrangements, procedures, or tests required in this subpart if the substitute provides an equivalent level of safety.
(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, material, apparatus, arrangement, procedure, or test is unreasonable or impracticable, the Commandant may permit the use of alternate equipment, material, apparatus, arrangement, procedure, or test to such an extent and upon such condition as will insure, to his satisfaction, a degree of safety consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this subpart.
(a) The owner or agent of a vessel or facility without a designated master shall designate, in writing, an individual to be the person-in-charge of the vessel or facility.
(b) Where a master is designated, the master is the person-in-charge.
The name of the diving supervisor for each commercial diving operation shall be—
(a) Designated in writing; and
(b) Given to the person-in-charge prior to the commencement of any commercial diving operation.
(a) Each diving installation used on each vessel or facility subject to this subpart must meet the requirements of this subpart.
(b) In addition to the requirements of this subpart, equipment which is permanently installed on vessels and is part of the diving installation must meet Subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(c) All repairs and modifications to pressure vessels used for commercial diving operations must be made in accordance with the requirements of section VIII, division 1 or division 2 of the ASME Code, ASME PVHO-1, part 54 of this chapter, or 49 CFR 173.34, as applicable.
(d) All repairs and modifications to pressure piping used for commercial diving operations must be made in accordance with the requirements of the ANSI Code or part 56 of this chapter, as applicable.
A compressor used to supply breathing air to a diver must have—
(a) A volume tank that is—
(1) Built and stamped in accordance with section VIII, division 1 of the ASME Code with—
(i) A check valve on the inlet side;
(ii) A pressure gage;
(iii) A relief valve; and
(iv) A drain valve; and
(2) Tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the pressure boundaries as required by § 197.462;
(b) Intakes that are located away from areas containing exhaust fumes of internal combustion engines or other hazardous contaminants;
(c) An efficient filtration system; and
(d) Slow-opening shut-off valves when the maximum allowable working pressure of the system exceeds 500 psig.
(a) Each breathing supply hose must—
(1) Have a maximum working pressure that is equal to or exceeds—
(i) The maximum working pressure of the section of the breathing supply system in which used; and
(ii) The pressure equivalent of the maximum depth of the dive relative to the supply source plus 100 psig;
(2) Have a bursting pressure of four times its maximum working pressure;
(3) Have connectors that—
(i) Are made of corrosion-resistant material;
(ii) Are resistant to accidental disengagement; and
(iii) Have a maximum working pressure that is at least equal to the maximum working pressure of the hose to which they are attached; and
(4) Resist kinking by—
(i) Being made of kink-resistant materials; or
(ii) Having exterior support.
(b) Each umbilical must—
(1) Meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
(2) Be marked from the diver or open bell end in 10-foot intervals to 100 feet and in 50-foot intervals thereafter.
(a) Each dive location must have—
(1) A medical kit approved by a physician that consists of—
(i) Basic first aid supplies; and
(ii) Any additional supplies necessary to treat minor trauma and illnesses resulting from hyperbaric exposure;
(2) A copy of an American Red Cross Standard First Aid handbook;
(3) A bag-type manual resuscitator with transparent mask and tubing; and
(4) A capability to remove an injured diver from the water.
(b) Each diving installation must have a two-way communications system to obtain emergency assistance except when the vessel or facility ship-to-shore, two-way communications system is readily available.
(c) Each dive location supporting mixed-gas dives, dives deeper than 130 fsw, or dives outside the no-decompression limits must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and have—
(1) A decompression chamber;
(2) Decompression and treatment tables;
(3) A supply of breathing gases sufficient to treat for decompression sickness;
(4) The medical kit required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section that is—
(i) Capable of being carried into the decompression chamber; and
(ii) Suitable for use under hyperbaric conditions; and
(5) A capability to assist an injured diver into the decompression chamber.
(a) A gage indicating diver depth must be at each dive location for surface-supplied dives.
(b) A timekeeping device must be at each dive location.
(a) Each diving ladder must—
(1) Be capable of supporting the weight of at least two divers;
(2) Extend 3 feet below the water surface;
(3) Be firmly in place;
(4) Be available at the dive location for a diver to enter or exit the water unless a diving stage or bell is provided; and
(5) Be—(i) Made of corrosion-resistant material; or
(ii) Protected against and maintained free from injurious corrosion.
(b) Each diving stage must—
(1) Be capable of supporting the weight of at least two divers;
(2) Have an open-grating platform;
(3) Be available for a diver to enter or exit the water from the dive location and for in-water decompression if the diver is—
(i) Wearing a heavy-weight diving outfit; or
(ii) Diving outside the no-decompression limits, except when a bell is provided; and
(4) Be—(i) Made of corrosion-resistant material; or
(ii) Protected against and maintained free from injurious corrosion.
(a) Each surface-supplied helmet or mask must have—
(1) A nonreturn valve at the attachment point between helmet or mask and umbilical that closes readily and positively;
(2) An exhaust valve; and
(3) A two-way voice communication system between the diver and the dive location or bell.
(b) Each surface-supplied air helmet or mask must—
(1) Ventilate at least 4.5 ACFM at any depth at which it is operated; or
(2) Be able to maintain the diver's inspired carbon dioxide partial pressure below 0.02 ATA when the diver is producing carbon dioxide at the rate of 1.6 standard liters per minute.
Each safety harness used in surface-supplied diving must have—
(a) A positive buckling device; and
(b) An attachment point for the umbilical life line that—
(1) Distributes the pulling force of the umbilical over the diver's body; and
(2) Prevents strain on the mask or helmet.
(a) Equipment used with oxygen or oxygen mixtures greater than 40 percent by volume must be designed for such use.
(b) Oxygen systems with pressures greater than 125 psig must have slow-opening shut-off valves except pressure boundary shut-off valves may be ball valves.
(a) Each PVHO, contracted for or purchased after February 1, 1979, must be built and stamped in accord-ance with ASME PVHO-1.
(b) Each PVHO, contracted for or constructed before February 1, 1979, and not Coast Guard approved, must be submitted to the Coast Guard for approval prior to February 1, 1984.
(c) To be approved under paragraph (b), a PVHO must be—
(1) Constructed in accordance with part 54 of this chapter; or—
(2) Be built in accordance with section VIII, division 1 or division 2 of the ASME Code; and—
(i) Have the plans approved in accord-ance with § 54.01-18 of this chapter;
(ii) Pass the radiographic and other survey tests of welded joints required by section VIII, division 1 or division 2, as appropriate, of the ASME Code; and
(iii) Pass—(A) The hydrostatic test described in § 54.10-10 of this chapter; or
(B) The pneumatic test described in § 54.10-15 of this chapter and such additional tests as the Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) may require.
(d) Each PVHO must—
(1) Have a shut-off valve located within 1 foot of the pressure boundary on all piping penetrating the pressure boundary;
(2) Have a check valve located within 1 foot of the pressure boundary on all piping exclusively carrying fluids into the PVHO;
(3) Have the pressure relief device required by ASME PVHO-1;
(4) Have a built-in breathing system with at least one mask per occupant stored inside each separately pressurized compartment;
(5) Have a two-way voice communications system allowing communications between an occupant in one pressurized compartment of the PVHO and—
(i) The diving supervisor at the dive location;
(ii) Any divers being supported from the same PVHO; and
(iii) Occupants of other separately pressurized compartments of the same PVHO;
(6) If designed to mechanically couple to another PVHO, have a two-way communications system allowing communications between occupants of each PVHO when mechanically coupled;
(7) Have a pressure gage in the interior of each compartment that is—
(i) Designed for human occupancy; and
(ii) Capable of having the compartment pressure controlled from inside the PVHO;
(8) Have viewports that allow observation of occupants from the outside;
(9) Have viewports that meet the requirements of ASME PVHO-1 except those PVHO's approved under paragraph (b) of this section which have nonacrylic viewports;
(10) Have means of illumination sufficient to allow an occupant to—
(i) Read gages; and
(ii) Operate the installed systems within each compartment;
(11) Be designed and equipped to minimize sources of combustible materials and ignition;
(12) Have a protective device on the inlet side of PVHO exhaust lines;
(13) Have a means of extinguishing a fire in the interior;
(14) Have a means of maintaining the oxygen content of the interior atmosphere below 25 percent surface equivalent by volume when pressurized with air as the breathing mixture;
(15) Have a means of maintaining the interior atmosphere below 2 percent surface equivalent carbon dioxide by volume;
(16) Have a means of overriding and controlling from the exterior all interior breathing and pressure supply controls;
(17) Have a speech unscrambler when used with mixed-gas;
(18) Have interior electrical systems that are designed for the environment in which they will operate to minimize the risk of fire, electrical shock to personnel, and galvanic action of the PVHO; and
(19) Be tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the pressure boundaries as required by § 197.462.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each closed bell must meet the requirements of § 197.328 and—
(1) Have underwater breathing apparatus for each occupant stored inside each separately pressurized compartment;
(2) Have an umbilical;
(3) Have lifting equipment attached to the closed bell capable of returning the occupied closed bell when fully flooded to the dive location;
(4) Be capable of recompressing on the surface to the maximum design diving depth;
(5) Be constructed and equipped as required by § 197.332;
(6) Have an emergency locating device designed to assist personnel on the surface in acquiring and maintaining contact with the submerged PVHO if the umbilical to the surface is severed;
(7) Have a capability to remove an injured diver from the water; and
(8) Have a life support capability for the intact closed bell and its occupants for—
(i) Twelve hours after an accident severing the umbilical to the surface when the umbilical to the surface is
(ii) A period of time, at least equal to 1 hour plus twice the time required to retrieve the bell from its designed operating depth and attach an auxiliary lifesupport system, after an accident severing the umbilical to the surface when the umbilical is one of the two independent installed means of retrieving the closed bell, each meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(b) A closed bell that does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(5) of this section, must be capable of attachment to another PVHO that—
(1) Allows the transfer of personnel and diver's equipment under pressure from the closed bell to the PVHO;
(2) Meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section;
(3) Is capable of attachment to a decompression chamber meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section; and
(4) Allows the transfer of personnel and diver's equipment under pressure from the PVHO to the decompression chamber.
Each decompression chamber must—
(a) Meet the requirements of § 197.328;
(b) Have internal dimensions sufficient to accommodate a diver lying in a horizontal position and another person tending the diver;
(c) Have a capability for ingress and egress of personnel and equipment while the occupants are under pressure;
(d) Have a means of operating all installed man-way locking devices, except disabled shipping dogs, from both sides of a closed hatch;
(e) Have interior illumination sufficient to allow visual observation, diagnosis, and medical treatment of an occupant.
(f) Have one bunk for each two occupants;
(g) Have a capability that allows bunks to be seen over their entire lengths from the exterior;
(h) Have a minimum pressure capability of—
(1) 6 ATA, when used for diving to 300 fsw; or
(2) The maximum depth of the dive, when used for diving operations deeper than 300 fsw, unless a closed bell meeting the requirements of § 197.330(a) (3), (4), and (5) is used;
(i) Have a minimum pressurization rate of 2 ATA per minute to 60 fsw and at least 1 ATA per minute thereafter;
(j) Have a decompression rate of 1 ATA per minute to 33 fsw;
(k) Have an external pressure gage for each pressurized compartment;
(l) Have a capability to supply breathing mixtures at the maximum rate required by each occupant doing heavy work; and
(m) Have a sound-powered headset or telephone as a backup to the communications system required by § 197.328(c) (5) and (6), except when that communications system is a sound-powered system.
Each open diving bell must—
(a) Have an upper section that provides an envelope capable of maintaining a bubble of breathing mixture available to a diver standing on the lower section of the platform with his body through the open bottom and his head in the bubble;
(b) Have lifting equipment capable of returning the occupied open bell to the dive location;
(c) Have an umbilical; and
(d) Be—(1) Made of corrosion-resisting material; or
(2) Protected against and maintained free from injurious corrosion.
Piping systems that are not an integral part of the vessel or facility, carrying fluids under pressures exceeding 15 psig must—
(a) Meet the ANSI Code;
(b) Have the point of connection to the integral piping system of the vessel or facility clearly marked; and
(c) Be tested after every repair, modification, or alteration to the pressure boundaries as set forth in § 197.462.
Each compressed gas cylinder must—
(a) Be stored in a ventilated area;
(b) Be protected from excessive heat;
(c) Be prevented from falling;
(d) Be tested after any repair, modification, or alteration to the pressure boundaries as set forth in § 197.462; and
(e) Meet the requirements of—
(1) Part 54 of this chapter; or
(2) 49 CFR 173.34 and 49 CFR part 178, subpart C.
(a) A primary breathing gas supply for surface-supplied diving must be sufficient to support the following for the duration of the planned dive:
(1) The diver.
(2) The standby diver.
(3) The decompression chamber, when required by § 197.432(e)(2) or by § 197.434(a) for the duration of the dive and for one hour after completion of the planned dive.
(4) A decompression chamber when provided but not required by this subpart.
(5) A closed bell when provided or required by § 197.434(d).
(6) An open bell when provided or required by § 197.432(e)(4) or by § 197.434(c).
(b) A secondary breathing gas supply for surface-supplied diving must be sufficient to support the following:
(1) The diver while returning to the surface.
(2) The diver during decompression.
(3) The standby diver.
(4) The decompression chamber when required by § 197.432(e)(2) or by § 197.434(a) for the duration of the dive and one hour after the completion of the planned dive.
(5) The closed bell while returning the diver to the surface.
(6) The open bell while returning the diver to the surface.
(c) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply for surface-supplied diving must be sufficient to allow the diver to—
(1) Reach the surface.
(2) Reach another source of breathing gas; or
(3) Be reached by a standby diver equipped with another source of breathing gas for the diver.
(d) A primary breathing gas supply for SCUBA diving must be sufficient to support the diver for the duration of the planned dive through his return to the dive location or planned pick-up point.
(e) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply for SCUBA diving must be sufficient to allow the diver to return to the dive location or planned pick-up point from the greatest depth of the planned dive.
(f) Oxygen used for breathing mixtures must—
(1) Meet the requirements of Federal Specification BB-0-925a; and
(2) Be type 1 (gaseous) grade A or B.
(g) Nitrogen used for breathing mixtures must—
(1) Meet the requirements of Federal Specification BB-N-411c;
(2) Be type 1 (gaseous);
(3) Be class 1 (oil free); and
(4) Be grade A, B, or C.
(h) Helium used for breathing mixtures must be grades A, B, or C produced by the Federal Government, or equivalent.
(i) Compressed air used for breathing mixtures must—
(1) Be 20 to 22 percent oxygen by volume;
(2) Have no objectionable odor; and
(3) Have no more than—
(i) 1,000 parts per million of carbon dioxide;
(ii) 20 parts per million carbon monoxide;
(iii) 5 milligrams per cubic meter of solid and liquid particulates including oil; and
(iv) 25 parts per million of hydrocarbons (includes methane and all other hydrocarbons expressed as methane).
(a) A dry suit or other buoyancy-changing device not directly connected to the exhaust valve of the helmet or mask must have an independent exhaust valve.
(b) When used for SCUBA diving, a buoyancy-changing device must have an inflation source separate from the breathing gas supply.
An inflatable floatation device for SCUBA diving must—
(a) Be capable of maintaining the diver at the surface in a faceup position;
(b) Have a manually activated inflation device;
(c) Have an oral inflation device;
(d) Have an over-pressure relief device; and
(e) Have a manually operated exhaust valve.
(a) Each diver using SCUBA must have—
(1) Self-contained underwater breathing equipment including—
(i) A primary breathing gas supply with a cylinder pressure gage readable by the diver during the dive; and
(ii) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply provided by—
(A) A manual reserve (J valve); or
(B) An independent reserve cylinder connected and ready for use;
(2) A face mask;
(3) An inflatable floatation device;
(4) A weight belt capable of quick release;
(5) A knife;
(6) Swim fins or shoes;
(7) A diving wristwatch; and
(8) A depth gage.
(b) Each diver using a heavyweight diving outfit must—
(1) Have a helmet group consisting of helmet, breastplate, and associated valves and connections;
(2) Have a diving dress group consisting of a basic dress that encloses the body (except for head and hands) in a tough, waterproof cover, gloves, shoes, weight assembly, and knife;
(3) Have a hose group consisting of the breathing gas hose and fittings, the control valve, the lifeline, communications cable, and a pneumofathometer; and
(4) Be provided with a helmet cushion and weighted shoes.
(c) Each surface-supplied dive operation using a heavyweight diving outfit must have an extra breathing gas hose with attaching tools available to the standby diver.
(d) Each diver using a lightweight diving outfit must have—
(1) A safety harness;
(2) A weight assembly capable of quick release;
(3) A mask group consisting of a lightweight mask and associated valves and connections;
(4) A diving dress group consisting of wet or dry diving dress, gloves, shoes or fins, and knife; and
(5) A hose group consisting of the breathing gas hose and fittings, the control valve, the lifeline, communications cable, and a pneumofathometer (if the breaking strength of the communications cable is at least equal to that required for the lifeline, the communications cable can serve as the lifeline).
(e) Each surface-supplied air dive operation within the no-decompression limits and to depths of 130 fsw or less must have a primary breathing gas supply at the dive location.
(f) Each surface-supplied dive operation outside the no-compression limits, deeper than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas as a breathing mixture must have at the dive location—
(1) A primary breathing gas supply; and
(2) A secondary breathing gas supply.
(g) Each diver diving outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas must have a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply except when using a heavy-weight diving outfit or when diving in a physically confining area.
Diving operations may only be conducted from a vessel or facility subject to the subpart if the regulations in this subpart are met.
(a) The person-in-charge shall—
(1) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of this subpart;
(2) Prior to permitting any commercial diving operation to commence, have—
(i) The designation of the diving supervisor for each diving operation as required by § 197.210;
(ii) A report on—
(A) The nature and planned times of the planned diving operation; and
(B) The planned involvement of the vessel or facility, its equipment, and its personnel in the diving operation.
(b) Prior to permitting any commerical diving operation involving liveboating to commence, the person-in-charge shall insure that—
(1) A means of rapid communications with the diving supervisor while the diver is entering, in, or leaving the water is established; and
(2) A boat and crew for diver pickup in the event of an emergency is provided.
(c) The person-in-charge shall insure that a boat and crew for SCUBA diver pickup is provided when SCUBA divers are not line-tended from the dive location.
(d) The person-in-charge shall coordinate the activities on and of the vessel or facility with the diving supervisor.
(e) The person-in-charge shall insure that the vessel or facility equipment and personnel are kept clear of the dive location except after coordinating with the diving supervisor.
(a) The diving supervisor shall—
(1) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of this subpart;
(2) Be fully cognizant of the provisions of the operations manual required by § 197.420;
(3) Insure that diving operations conducted from a vessel or facility subject to this subpart meet the regulations in this subpart;
(4) Prior to the commencement of any commercial diving operation, provide the report required by § 197.402 to the person-in-charge;
(5) Coordinate with the person-in-charge any changes that are made to the report required by § 197.402; and
(6) Promptly notify the person-in-charge of any diving related casualty, accident, or injury.
(b) The diving supervisor is in charge of the planning and execution of the diving operation including the responsibility for the safety and health of the dive team.
(a) The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(1) Before commencing diving operations, dive team members are briefed on—
(i) The tasks to be undertaken;
(ii) Any unusual hazards or environmental conditions likely to affect the safety of the diving operation; and
(iii) Any modifications to the operations manual or procedures including safety procedures necessitated by the specific diving operation;
(2) The breathing gas supply systems, masks, helmets, thermal protection, when provided, and bell lifting equipment, when a bell is provided or required, are inspected prior to each diving operation;
(3) Each diver is instructed to report any physical problems or physiological effects including aches, pains, current illnesses, or symptoms of decompression sickness prior to each dive;
(4) A depth, bottom time profile, including any breathing mixture changes, is maintained at the dive location for each diver during the dive, except that SCUBA divers shall maintain their own profiles;
(5) A two-way voice communication system is used between—
(i) Each surface-supplied diver and a dive team member at the dive location or bell (when provided); and
(ii) The bell (when provided) and the dive location;
(6) A two-way communication system is available at the dive location to obtain emergency assistance;
(7) After the completion of each dive—
(i) The physical condition of the diver is checked by—
(A) Visual observation; and
(B) Questioning the diver about his physical well-being;
(ii) The diver is instructed to report any physical problems or adverse physiological effects including aches, pains, current illnesses, or symptoms of decompression sickness or gas embolism;
(iii) The diver is advised of the location of an operational decompression chamber; and
(iv) The diver is alerted to the potential hazards of flying after diving;
(8) For any dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas as a breathing mixture—
(i) A depth, time, decompression profile including breathing mixture
(ii) The diver is instructed to remain awake and in the vicinity of the dive location decompression chamber for at least one hour after the completion of a dive, decompression, or treatment; and
(iii) A dive team member, other than the diver, is trained and available to operate the decompression chamber; and
(9) When decompression sickness or gas embolism is suspected or symptoms are evident, a report is completed containing—
(i) The investigation for each incident including—
(A) The dive and decompression profiles;
(B) The composition, depth, and time of breathing mixture changes;
(C) A description of the symptoms including depth and time of onset; and
(D) A description and results of the treatment;
(ii) The evaluation for each incident based on—
(A) The investigation;
(B) Consideration of the past performance of the decompression table used; and
(C) Individual susceptibility; and
(iii) The corrective action taken, if necessary, to reduce the probability of recurrence.
(b) The diving supervisor shall ensure that the working interval of a dive is terminated when he so directs or when—
(1) A diver requests termination;
(2) A diver fails to respond correctly to communications or signals from a dive team member;
(3) Communications are lost and can not be quickly reestablished between—
(i) The diver and a dive team member at the dive location; or
(ii) The person-in-charge and the diving supervisor during liveboating operations; or
(4) A diver begins to use his diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply.
(a) The diving supervisor shall—
(1) Provide an operations manual to the person-in-charge prior to commencement of any diving operation; and
(2) Make an operations manual available at the dive location to all members of the dive team.
(b) The operations manual must be modified in writing when adaptation is required because of—
(1) The configuration or operation of the vessel or facility; or
(2) The specific diving operation as planned.
(c) The operations manual must provide for the safety and health of the divers.
(d) The operations manual must contain the following:
(1) Safety procedures and checklists for each diving mode used.
(2) Assignments and responsibilities of each dive team member for each diving mode used.
(3) Equipment procedures and checklists for each diving mode used.
(4) Emergency procedures for—
(i) Fire;
(ii) Equipment failure;
(iii) Adverse environmental conditions including, but not limited to, weather and sea state;
(iv) Medical illness; and
(v) Treatment of injury.
(5) Procedures dealing with the use of—
(i) Hand-held power tools;
(ii) Welding and burning equipment; and
(iii) Explosives.
The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(a) SCUBA diving is not conducted—
(1) Outside the no-decompression limits;
(2) At depths greater than 130 fsw;
(3) Against currents greater than one (1) knot unless line-tended; and
(4) If a diver cannot directly ascend to the surface unless line-tended;
(b) The SCUBA diver has the equipment required by § 197.346(a);
(c) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water;
(d) A diver is line-tended from the surface or accompanied by another diver in the water in continuous visual contact during the diving operation;
(e) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver is stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the diver; and
(f) A boat is available for diver pickup when the divers are not line-tended from the dive location.
The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(a) Surface-supplied air diving is conducted at depths less than 190 fsw, except that dives with bottom times of 30 minutes or less may be conducted to depths of 220 fsw;
(b) Each diving operation has a primary breathing gas supply;
(c) Each diver is continuously tended while in the water;
(d) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver is stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the diver;
(e) For dives deeper than 130 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits—
(1) Each diving operation has a secondary breathing gas supply;
(2) A decompression chamber is ready for use at the dive location;
(3) A diving stage is used except when a bell is provided;
(4) A bell is used for dives with an in-water decompression time greater than 120 minutes, except when the diver is using a heavy-weight diving outfit or is diving in a physically confining space;
(5) A separate dive team member tends each diver in the water;
(6) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water; and
(7) Each diver has a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply except when using a heavy-weight diving outfit or when diving in a physically confining space; and
(f) The surface-supplied air diver has the equipment required by § 197.346 (b) or (d).
The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(a) When mixed-gas diving is conducted, a decompression chamber or a closed bell meeting the requirements of § 197.332 is ready for use at the dive location;
(b) A diving stage is used except when a bell is provided;
(c) A bell is used for dives deeper than 220 fsw or when the dive involves in-water decompression times greater than 120 minutes, except when the diver is using a heavy-weight diving outfit or is diving in a physically confining space;
(d) A closed bell is used for dives at depths greater than 300 fsw, except when diving is conducted in a physically confining space;
(e) A separate dive team member tends each diver in the water;
(f) A standby diver is available during all nonsaturation dives;
(g) When saturation diving is conducted—
(1) A standby diver is available when the closed bell leaves the dive location until the divers are in saturation; and
(2) A member of the dive team at the dive location is a diver able to assist in the recovery of the closed bell or its occupants, if required;
(h) When closed bell operations are conducted, a diver is available in the closed bell to assist a diver in the water;
(i) When a diver is in a physically confining space, another diver is stationed at the underwater point of entry and is line-tending the diver;
(j) Each diving operation has a primary and secondary breathing gas supply meeting the requirements of § 197.340; and
(k) The surface-supplied mixed-gas diver has the equipment required by § 197.346 (b) or (d).
(a) During liveboating operations, the person-in-charge shall insure that—
(1) Diving is not conducted in seas that impede station-keeping ability of the vessel;
(2) Liveboating operations are not conducted—
(i) From 1 hour after sunset to 1 hour before sunrise; or
(ii) During periods of restricted visibility;
(3) The propellers of the vessel are stopped before the diver enters or exits the water; and
(4) A boat is ready to be launched with crew in the event of an emergency.
(b) As used in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section,
(c) During liveboating operations, the diving supervisor shall insure that—
(1) Diving is not conducted at depths greater than 220 fsw;
(2) Diving is not conducted in seas that impede diver mobility or work function;
(3) A means is used to prevent the diver's hose from entangling in the propellers of the vessel;
(4) Each diver carries a reserve breathing gas supply;
(5) A standby diver is available while a diver is in the water;
(6) Diving is not conducted with in-water decompression times greater than 120 minutes; and
(7) The person-in-charge is notified before a diver enters or exits the water.
The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(a) The output of each air compressor is tested and meets the requirements of § 197.340 for quality and quantity by means of samples taken at the connection point to the distribution system—
(1) Every 6 months; and
(2) After every repair or modification.
(b) Purchased supplies of breathing mixtures supplied to a diver are checked before being placed on line for—
(1) Certification that the supply meets the requirements of § 197.340; and
(2) Noxious or offensive odor and oxygen percentage;
(c) Each breathing supply system is checked, prior to commencement of diving operations, at the umbilical or underwater breathing apparatus connection point for the diver, for noxious or offensive odor and presence of oil mist; and
(d) Each breathing supply system, supplying mixed-gas to a diver, is checked, prior to commencement of diving operations, at the umbilical or underwater breathing apparatus connection point for the diver, for percentage of oxygen.
The diving supervisor shall ensure that equipment used with oxygen or oxygen mixtures greater than 40 percent by volume is cleaned of flammable materials—
(a) Before being placed into service; and
(b) After any repair, alteration, modification, or suspected contamination.
The diving supervisor shall ensure that medical kits are checked monthly to insure that all required supplies are present.
(a) The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(1) Each breathing supply hose is pressure tested prior to being placed into initial service and every 24 months thereafter to 1.5 times its maximum working pressure;
(2) Each breathing supply hose assembly, prior to being placed into initial service and after any repair, modification, or alteration, is tensile tested by—
(i) Subjecting each hose-to-fitting connection to a 200 pound axial load; and
(ii) Passing a visual examination for evidence of separation, slippage, or other damage to the assembly;
(3) Each breathing supply hose is periodically checked for—
(i) Damage which is likely to affect pressure integrity; and
(ii) Contamination which is likely to affect the purity of the breathing mixture delivered to the diver; and
(4) The open ends of each breathing supply hose are taped, capped, or plugged when not in use.
(b) To meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, each breathing supply hose must be—
(1) Carefully inspected before being shipped to the dive location;
(2) Visually checked during daily operation; and
(3) Checked for noxious or offensive odor before each diving operation.
The diving supervisor shall insure that—
(a) Each depth gage and timekeeping device is tested or calibrated against a master reference gage or time- keeping device every 6 months;
(b) A depth gage is tested when a discrepancy exists in a depth gage reading greater than 2 percent of full scale between any two gages of similar range and calibration;
(c) A timekeeping device is tested when a discrepancy exists in a timekeeping device reading greater than one-quarter of a minute in a 4-hour period between any two timekeeping devices; and
(d) Each depth gage and timekeeping device is inspected before diving operations are begun.
The diving supervisor shall insure that the diving equipment designated for use in a dive under § 197.346 is inspected before each dive.
(a) The diving supervisor shall ensure that each pressure vessel, including each volume tank, cylinder and PVHO, and each pressure piping system is examined and tested as required by this section and after any repair, modification or alteration to determine that they are in satisfactory condition and fit for the service intended.
(b) Pressure vessels and pressure piping shall be examined annually for mechanical damage or deterioration. Any defect that may impair the safety of the pressure vessel or piping shall be repaired and pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(c) The following tests shall be conducted at least every three years:
(1) All piping permanently installed on a PVHO shall be pressure tested.
(2) PVHOs subject to internal pressure shall be leak tested at the maximum allowable working pressure using the breathing mixture normally used in service.
(3) Equivalent nondestructive testing may be conducted in lieu of pressure testing. Proposals to use nondestructive testing in lieu of pressure testing shall be submitted to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(d) Unless otherwise noted, pressure tests conducted in accordance with this section shall be either hydrostatic tests or pneumatic tests.
(1) When a hydrostatic test is conducted on a pressure vessel, the test pressure shall be no less than 1.25 times the maximum allowable working pressure.
(2) When a pneumatic test is conducted on a pressure vessel, the test pressure shall be the maximum allowable working pressure stamped on the nameplate.
(3) When a pneumatic test is conducted on piping, the test pressure shall be no less than 90 percent of the setting of the relief device.
(4) Pressure tests shall be conducted only after suitable precautions are taken to protect personnel and equipment.
(5) When pressure tests are conducted on pressure vessels or pressure piping, the test pressure shall be maintained for a period of time sufficient to allow examination of all joints, connections and high stress areas.
(a) The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility, that is required by 46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain the logbook on form CG-706.
(b) The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility not required by 46 U.S.C. 11301 to have an official logbook, shall maintain, on board, a logbook for making the entries required by this subpart.
(c) The diving supervisor conducting commercial diving operations from a
(a) The person-in-charge shall insure that the following information is recorded in the logbook for each commercial diving operation:
(1) Date, time, and location at the start and completion of dive operations.
(2) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (weather, visibility, temperatures, and currents).
(3) Name of the diving supervisor.
(4) General nature of work performed.
(b) The diving supervisor shall insure that the following information is recorded in the logbook for each commercial diving operation:
(1) Date, time, and location at the start and completion of each dive operation.
(2) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (weather, visibility, temperatures, and currents).
(3) Names of dive team members including diving supervisor.
(4) General nature of work performed.
(5) Repetitive dive designation or elapsed time since last hyperbaric exposure if less than 24 hours for each diver.
(6) Diving modes used.
(7) Maximum depth and bottom time for each diver.
(8) Name of person-in-charge.
(9) For each dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 130 fsw, or using mixed-gas, the breathing gases and decompression table designations used.
(10) When decompression sickness or gas embolism is suspected or symptoms are evident—
(i) The name of the diver; and
(ii) A description and results of treatment.
(11) For each fatality or any diving related injury or illness that results in incapacitation of more than 72 hours or requires any dive team member to be hospitalized for more than 24 hours—
(i) The date;
(ii) Time;
(iii) Circumstances; and
(iv) Extent of any injury or illness.
(c) The diving supervisor shall insure that the following is recorded in the logbook for each diving operation deviating from the requirements of this subpart:
(1) A description of the circumstances leading to the situation.
(2) The deviations made.
(3) The corrective action taken, if appropriate, to reduce the possibility of recurrence.
(d) The diving supervisor shall insure that a record of the following is maintained:
(1) The date and results of each check of the medical kits.
(2) The date and results of each test of the air compressor.
(3) The date and results of each check of breathing mixtures.
(4) The date and results of each check of each breathing supply system.
(5) The date, equipment cleaned, general cleaning procedure, and names of persons cleaning the diving equipment for oxygen service.
(6) The date and results of each test of the breathing supply hoses and system.
(7) The date and results of each inspection of the breathing gas supply system.
(8) The date and results of each test of depth gages and timekeeping devices.
(9) The date and results of each test and inspection of each PVHO.
(10) The date and results of each inspection of the diving equipment.
(11) The date and results of each test and inspection of pressure piping.
(12) The date and results of each test and inspection of volume tanks and cylinders.
(e) The diving supervisor shall insure that a notation concerning the location of the information required under paragraph (d) is made in the logbook.
R.S. 4290 (46 U.S.C. 201) requires that certain entries be made in an official logbook in addition to the entries required by this section; and R.S. 4291 (46 U.S.C. 202) prescribes the manner of making those entries.
(a) In addition to the requirements of subpart 4.05 of this chapter and 33 CFR 146.30, the person-in-charge shall notify the Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection, as soon as possible after a diving casualty occurs, if the casualty involves any of the following:
(1) Loss of life.
(2) Diving-related injury to any person causing incapacitation for more than 72 hours.
(3) Diving-related injury to any person requiring hospitalization for more than 24 hours.
(b) The notice required by this section must contain the following:
(1) Name and official number (if applicable) of the vessel or facility.
(2) Name of the owner or agent of the vessel or facility.
(3) Name of the person-in-charge.
(4) Name of the diving supervisor.
(5) Description of the casualty including presumed cause.
(6) Nature and extent of the injury to persons.
(c) The notice required by this section is not required if the written report required by § 197.486 is submitted within 5 days of the casualty.
The person-in-charge of a vessel or facility for which a notice of casualty was made under § 197.484 shall submit a report to the Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection, as soon as possible after the casualty occurs, as follows:
(a) On Form CG-2692, when the diving installation is on a vessel.
(b) Using a written report, in narrative form, when the diving installation is on a facility. The written report must contain the information required by § 197.484.
(c) The report required by this section must be accompanied by a copy of the report required by § 197.410(a)(9) when decompression sickness is involved.
(d) The report required by this section must include information relating to alcohol or drug involvement as required by § 4.05-12 of this chapter.
(a) The owner, agent, or person-in-charge of a vessel or facility for which a report of casualty is made under § 197.484 shall retain all records onboard that are maintained on the vessel or facility and those records required by this subpart for 6 months after the report of a casualty is made or until advised by the Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection, that rec-ords need not be retained onboard.
(b) The records required by paragraph (a) of this section to be retained on board include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) All logbooks required by § 197.480.
(2) All reports required by § 197.402(a)(2)(ii), § 197.404(a)(4), § 197.410(a)(9).
(c) The owner, agent, person-in-charge, or diving supervisor shall, upon request, make the records described in this section available for examination by any Coast Guard official authorized to investigate the casualty.
CGD 88-040, 56 FR 52135, Oct. 17, 1991, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Except for vessels satisfying paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart applies to all Coast Guard inspected vessels, including tank ships and barges, that are carrying benzene or benzene containing liquids in bulk as cargo.
(b) This subpart does not apply to vessels that are carrying only liquid cargoes containing less than 0.5% benzene by volume.
(c) This subpart does not apply to vessels of foreign registry.
As used in this subpart—
(1) For a self propelled vessel, the master or licensed operator of the vessel; and
(2) For an unmanned barge,
(i) The licensed operator of the vessel for barge tows;
(ii) Where there is no licensed operator, the tankerman who signs the declaration of inspection for a cargo transfer for an operation involving benzene; or
(iii) Where there is no licensed operator or tankerman, the individual in charge of the vessel when it is moored at a fleet, terminal, or other place.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 522(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart and the sections affected are as follows:
The permissible exposure limits (PELs) for personal exposure are as follows:
(a) The time-weighted average exposure limit (TWA).
(b) The short-term exposure limit (STEL). Exposures at the STEL must not be repeated more than four times a day. There must be at least 60 minutes between successive exposures at the STEL.
No person may be subjected to a personal exposure in excess of the permissible exposure limits unless respiratory protection is used.
Unless otherwise specified, the person in charge shall ensure that the performance standard and other requirements of this subpart are complied with on that person's vessel.
(a) Before a nonemployee (other than Federal, state, and local government personnel) engages in a benzene operation on a vessel in which the person is likely to be exposed to benzene in excess of the PELs, that person must certify that—
(1) That person has had, within the previous 12 months, at least one medical examination in compliance with § 197.560 or 29 CFR 1910.1028;
(2) The physician who performed or who supervised the latest medical examination in compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section did not recommend that that person be excluded from areas where personal exposure may exceed the action level;
(3) All respirators and personal protective clothing and equipment that will be used by that person while on the vessel meet the requirements of § 197.550(b) and § 197.555(c) or of 29 CFR 1910.1028; and
(4) All respirators that will be used by that person while on the vessel have been fitted and fit tested in accordance with § 197.550 (c) and (d) or with 29 CFR 1910.1028.
The employer need not furnish the required respirators and personal protective clothing and equipment to nonemployees.
(b) The certification required by paragraph (a) of this section must be in writing, list the items in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section, reference 46 CFR 197.530, state the date of the certification, and be signed by the person making the certification. A sample certification form is contained in appendix F of this subpart.
(c) Before the nonemployee making the certification engages in a benzene operation on a vessel, that person or a representative of the entity which employs that person must show a copy of the certification to the person in charge of the vessel and the person in charge must examine the certification to ensure compliance with the requirements of this section.
(a) Based on the employer's evaluation of the environmental monitoring, whenever the airborne concentration of benzene within an area exceeds or reasonably can be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, the person in charge shall mark the area as a regulated area.
(b) The person in charge shall restrict access to regulated areas to authorized persons wearing an appropriate respirator in compliance with § 197.550 and the personal protective clothing and equipment in compliance with § 197.555. The person in charge shall not allow any person to enter a regulated area without another individual in the vicinity to perform rescue or call for help. The second individual must maintain communication with the one entering the regulated area or keep that individual in sight. Also, the second individual must be located at the point of access during confined space entry.
(c) The boundaries of regulated areas must be indicated by barricades, other devices, or by painted areas on the vessel. A sign bearing the following legend in letters at least three inches high (except for the words “DANGER—BENZENE”, which must be printed in letters at least 50 percent larger than the other words) must be posted at each access to the regulated areas:
(a)
(2) For long duration operations, such as cargo loading or tank entry, the persons monitored must be monitored to determine the representative TWA for all persons engaged in the operation. The monitoring must be based on breathing zone air samples taken for the duration of the operation or for eight hours, whichever is less.
(3) For short duration operations, such as tank gauging or hose connection and disconnection, the persons monitored must be monitored to determine the representative short term exposure level for all persons engaged in the operation. The monitoring must be based on 15 minute breathing zone air samples. Brief period measuring devices may be used to determine whether monitoring for the short term exposure level is needed.
(4) If cargoes with different benzene concentrations are being carried on the vessel, an operation involving the lower concentration cargoes need not be monitored if the same type of operation involving the highest concentration cargo is monitored and found to be below the action level.
(5) Initial monitoring must be conducted during weather conditions typical in the geographic area and during the time of day the operation is normally conducted. If the benzene level is above half the action level for the operation, additional monitoring must be conducted under those weather conditions that will maximize benzene exposure, such as low wind, stable air, and high temperature.
(6) The monitoring method used must be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of benzene equal to or greater than 0.5 ppm.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) Whenever emergencies occur that may increase personal exposure, operations affected by the emergency must be monitored using area or personal sampling after the spill is cleaned up or the leak, rupture, or other breakdown is repaired to determine when personal exposure has returned to the level that existed before the emergency. There must be monitoring equipment aboard each ship.
(3) For those cases in which the benzene exposure can vary significantly over the year, the personnel exposure reduction plan can reflect this variation in time if both initial and periodic exposure monitoring are conducted at those times. There must be sufficient monitoring to quantitatively justify differences in the exposure reduction program over the course of the year. The exposure monitoring must be conducted under those weather conditions that will maximize benzene exposure, such as low wind, stable air, and high temperature.
(4) The Coast Guard may require additional monitoring upon reasonable belief that the PEL's are being exceeded.
(e)
(2) If the results indicate that the PELs were exceeded, the written notice required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section must state, or refer to a document available to the persons involved which states, the corrective action to be taken to reduce the personal exposure to or below the PELs.
(a) When personal exposure for an operation is over the applicable PEL as determined in compliance with § 197.540, the employer shall develop and implement, within 60 working days of the date of that determination, a written program detailing the corrective actions that will be taken to reduce personal exposure to or below the PEL's. The written program must include a timeframe for implementing the corrective actions to be taken.
(b) Corrective actions in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following:
(1) Engineering controls (e.g. vapor control or recovery systems, closed loading systems, or controlled venting systems);
(2) Revised work practices; or
(3) Respirators in compliance with § 197.550 and personal protective clothing and equipment in compliance with § 197.555.
(c) Whenever the exposure monitoring data show a significant increase in personnel exposure, the program must be revised to reflect the new data.
(d) Each person involved in the operation must be notified that a written program detailing corrective actions is available upon request.
(e) A copy of the written program must be furnished upon request to the Coast Guard.
(a)
(b)
(2) The employer shall provide affected employees with the appropriate respirators without charge and ensure that the respirators are used properly. Any employee determined by the testing physician as being unable to wear negative pressure respirators, who continues to be subject to exposure over the PEL, must be given the option of wearing a respirator with less breathing resistance, such as a powered air-purifying respirator or a supplied air respirator.
(3) Electrically powered respiratory protective equipment must meet the electrical engineering requirements in subchapter J of this chapter and the electrical equipment requirements in part 151, table 151.05, and part 153, table 1, of this chapter.
(4) The type of respirator provided must be a type specified in table 197.550(b) of this section that is appropriate for the exposure.
(c)
(2) The objective of the tests is to identify for the person a respirator which minimizes the chance of leakage.
(3) The person conducting the tests required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section must understand the purpose of these tests and how to perform them.
(4) The person conducting the tests required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section must certify the results by signing the test report.
(d)
(2) For employees requiring eye glasses, corrective lenses should be fitted to the respirator faceplate. As a temporary measure, glasses with short temple bars may be taped to the wearer's head. Contact lenses other than soft lenses or gas permeable lenses must not be worn with respirators.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2) During respirator cleaning, the rubber or elastomer parts of the respirator must be stretched and manipulated with a massaging action to keep the parts pliable and flexible and to keep the parts from taking a set during storage.
(3) The air purifying element of air-purifying respirators must be replaced when the employee detects breakthrough or after a period not to exceed eight hours, which ever comes first. The element must also be replaced at the start of each shift. An air purifying element with an end of useful life indicator approved by MSHA or NIOSH for benzene may be used until the indicator indicates end of useful life even if this exceeds eight hours.
(h)
(a) When the use of respirators in compliance with § 197.550 and the personal protective clothing and equipment in compliance with this section is chosen as the method or one of the methods required by § 197.545 to be used in meeting the performance standard, the clothing and equipment must meet the requirements of this section.
(b) The employer shall provide employees with the necessary personal protective clothing and equipment without charge and shall ensure that the clothing and equipment are worn or used properly.
(c) Employees must be provided with coveralls or a large apron, boots, gloves, and, if necessary, tight-fitting eye goggles to limit dermal exposure to, and prevent eye contact with, liquid benzene.
(a)
(2) All medical surveillance procedures in compliance with this section, other than the pulmonary function test of paragraph (b)(5)(v) of this section and all laboratory tests, must be performed by, or under the supervision of, a licensed physician.
(3) The pulmonary function test of paragraph (b)(5)(v) of this section must be administered by a licensed physician or by a person who has completed a training course in spirometry sponsored by a governmental, academic, or professional institution.
(4) All laboratory tests must be conducted by a laboratory accredited by an accrediting organization acceptable to the Commandant.
(b)
(2) The initial medical examination must be made available to the following employees before they are permitted to enter or continue working in a workplace in which they will be or may be exposed to benzene:
(i) Employees who were exposed to more than 10 ppm of benzene as an eight-hour TWA on at least 30 calendar days during the year before January 15, 1992 and who were employed by their present employer during each of the 30 days.
(ii) Employees, other than employees defined in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, who may reasonably be expected to be exposed to benzene at or above the action level on at least 30 calendar days, or at a level above a PEL on at least 10 calendar days, during the coming year.
(3) Exposure to benzene, as referred to in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, means any exposure to benzene, whether or not at the time of the exposure, the employee was or will be wearing an appropriate respirator in compliance with § 197.550 and the personal protective clothing and equipment in compliance with § 197.555.
(4) An initial medical examination is not required if the employer or employee has adequate records showing that the employee has had, within one year, an examination meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
(5) The initial medical examination must include at least the following elements:
(i) A detailed occupational history which includes a history of past work exposure to benzene or any other hematological toxin, a family history of blood dyscrasias including hematological neoplasms, a history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, and abnormal functions of formed blood elements, a history of renal or liver dysfunction, a history of medicinal drugs routinely taken, a history of previous exposure to ionizing radiation, and a history of exposure to marrow toxins outside of the employee's current work situation. The employee must provide to the examining physician as complete an occupational history as possible for the period prior to the current employment.
(ii) A complete physical examination.
(iii) A complete blood count, including a leukocyte count, with differential, quantitative thrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count. and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC). The results of these tests must be reviewed by the examining physician.
(iv) As determined necessary by the examining physician, additional tests based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.
(v) For employees required to wear respirators for at least 30 days a year, a pulmonary function test.
(c)
(i) A brief history regarding new exposure to potential marrow toxins, changes in medicinal drug use, and the appearance of physical signs relating to blood disorders.
(ii) A complete blood count, including a leukocyte count with differential, quantitative thrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count, and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC). The results of these tests must be reviewed by the examining physician.
(iii) As determined necessary by the examining physician, additional tests based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.
(2) If the employee develops signs and symptoms commonly associated with toxic exposure to benzene, the employee must be provided with an additional medical examination which includes those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.
(3) For employees required to use respirators for at least 30 days a year, a pulmonary function test must be performed, and specific evaluation of the cardiopulmonary system must be made, at least every three years.
(d)
(i) The hemoglobin or the hematocrit falls below the normal limit (outside the 95% confidence interval (C.I.)), as determined by the laboratory, or the hemoglobin or hematocrit shows a persistent downward trend from the employee's pre-exposure norms, if these
(ii) The thrombocyte count varies more than 20 percent below the employee's most recent values or falls outside the normal limit (95% C.I.), as determined by the laboratory.
(iii) The leukocyte count is below 4,000 per cubic millimeter or there is an abnormal differential count.
(2) If the abnormal conditions persist, the employee must be referred by the examining physician to a hematologist or an internist for further evaluation, unless the physician has good reason to believe that the referral is unnecessary. (See appendix C of this subpart for examples of conditions in which referrals may be unnecessary.)
(3) The hematologist or internist must be provided with the information provided to the physician in compliance with paragraph (f) of this section and with the medical record in compliance with § 197.570(b).
(4) If the hematologist or internist determines that additional tests are needed, the employer shall ensure that these additional tests are provided. These test must be completed in thirty days, whether or not the employee continues to perform benzene operations.
(e)
(2) If the result of the urinary phenol test is below 75 mg phenol/l of urine, no further testing is required.
(3) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or greater than 75 mg phenol/l of urine, the employee's complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, a leukocyte count with differential, and a thrombocyte count must be taken at monthly intervals for a duration of three months following the emergency.
(4) If any of the conditions specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section exists, the additional examinations and referrals specified in paragraph (d) of this section must be performed and the employee must be provided with periodic medical examinations, if any are recommended by the examining physician.
(f)
(1) A copy of this subpart and its appendices.
(2) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure.
(3) The employee's actual or representative exposure level.
(4) A description of the respirator and personal protective clothing and equipment used or to be used, if any.
(5) Records of all previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee which were conducted while in the employ of the current employer and which have not been provided to the examining physician.
(g)
(2) The written opinion must contain at least the following information:
(i) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination and tests.
(ii) All medical conditions, if any, of the employee which the examining physician believes would subject the employee to a greater than normal risk of material impairment of health if the employee is exposed again to benzene.
(iii) The examining physician's recommended limitations, if any, upon the employee's future exposure to benzene or use of respirators or other personal protective clothing or equipment.
(iv) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of all medical conditions of the
(3) The physician's written opinion must not reveal specific records, findings, or diagnoses that have no bearing on the employee's ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace, ability to use a respirator, or ability to use personal protective clothing or equipment.
(h)
(2) After examination by and consultation with the hematologist or internist, the examining physician decides whether or not to permit the employee to enter areas where personal exposure may exceed the action level. The employee must provide the employer with a written copy of the physician's decision signed by the physician. If the decision recommends that the employee not be permitted to enter those areas, the decision must include the examining physician's opinion as to when the employee may be permitted to reenter those areas and the requirements for future medical examinations to review the decision.
(3) Within six months of the date a decision in compliance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section not to permit reentry is made, the employee must be provided with a follow-up examination and a decision of the examining physician (based on the follow-up examination and consultation with a hematologist or internist) as to whether reentry should be permitted and, if so, when, or whether it should be permanently prohibited.
(a)
(b)
(2) The training must provide information on—
(i) Which operations on the vessel involve or may involve exposure to benzene;
(ii) The methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of benzene;
(iii) The physical and health hazards associated with exposure to benzene;
(iv) The measures that may be taken and the equipment that may be used to protect persons from the hazards of benzene exposure;
(v) The proper selection, fitting, fit testing, and use of personal protective equipment in emergency situations;
(vi) The meaning of a regulated area and the means specified in § 197.535(c) to indicate a regulated area;
(vii) The contents of this subpart and of appendices A through E of this subpart and on where copies of this material are available; and
(viii) The medical surveillance program specified in § 197.560.
(a)
(2) The record must include—
(i) The dates, number, duration, and results of each sample taken, and a description of the procedure used to determine representative personal exposures;
(ii) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;
(iii) A description of the type of respirator and personal protective clothing and equipment worn, if any; and
(iv) The name, social security number, and job classification of each person monitored and of all other persons whose exposure the monitoring is intended to represent; and
(v) The exposure levels to which monitored persons were subjected, even if this level is below the PEL.
(b)
(2) The record must include—
(i) The name and social security number of the employee;
(ii) The physician's written opinion on the initial, periodic, and special examinations of the employee, including the results of medical examinations and tests and all opinions and recommendations;
(iii) A list of medical complaints, if any, by the employee related to exposure to benzene;
(iv) A copy of the information provided to the physician required in § 197.560(f)(2) through (f)(5); and
(v) A copy of the employee's medical and work history related to exposure to benzene or other hematologic toxin.
(c)
(2) Records of personal exposure monitoring in compliance with (a) of this section must be provided upon request to persons involved in the operation.
(3) A copy of each item entered into the medical record in compliance with paragraph (b) of this section for a particular employee must be given to that employee at the time the item is entered into the medical record.
(4) Medical records required by paragraph (b) of this section must be provided to persons upon the written request of the subject employee.
(d)
(2) If the employer ceases to engage in operations involving benzene, the employer shall retain the records for inspection unless the employee requests them as provided in § 197.570(c).
(e)
(a) Persons involved in benzene operations or their representatives must be provided with an opportunity to observe all monitoring in compliance with § 197.540. Coast Guard officials may also observe all monitoring in compliance with § 197.540.
(b) When observation of monitoring requires entry into regulated areas, the observers shall use respirator and personal protective clothing and equipment approved in compliance with this subpart and comply with § 197.530.
(a) Appendices A through D and F of this subpart contain technical information on benzene and its effects and provide guidance for medical surveillance, monitoring, and measuring. The appendices are informational and advisory and do not create mandatory requirements.
(b) Appendix E of this subpart contains tests and procedures for fitting respirators. As required by
(a)
(b)
(1) Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit is one part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (one ppm) for an eight-hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is five ppm for any 15-minute period.
(2) Dermal: Eye contact must be prevented and skin contact with liquid benzene must be limited.
(c)
(a)
(b)
(2) Long-term (chronic) exposure: Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various blood disorders ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease. Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
If you will be exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an eight-hour time-weighted average or have been exposed at or above 10 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer may be required by 46 CFR 197.560 to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests. These tests must be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally exposed to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute a toxic exposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available to you.
The employer is required to conduct monitoring that is representative of your exposure to benzene, and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to
You or your representative may see the records of monitoring of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination records may be furnished to you, your physician, or a representative designated by you. (See 46 CFR 197.570(c).)
Benzene liquid is highly flammable. Benzene vapor may form explosive mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Use non-sparking tools when opening or closing benzene containers. Fire extinguishers, where required, must be readily available. Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored.
(a)
(2) Formula: C
(b)
(2) Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.879.
(3) Vapor density (air = 1): 2.7.
(4) Melting point: 5.5 °C (42 °F).
(5) Vapor pressure at 20 °C (68 °F): 75 mm Hg.
(6) Solubility in water: .06%.
(7) Evaporation rate (ether = 1): 2.8.
(8) Appearance and odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive sweet odor.
(a)
(2) Autoignition temperature: 580 °C (1076 °F).
(3) Flammable limits in air, % by volume: Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5%.
(4) Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam.
(5) Special fire fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of water, because it will scatter and spread the fire. Fine water spray may be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool.
(6) Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources must be controlled when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Areas where liquid or vapor may be released are considered hazardous locations. Benzene vapors are heavier than air. Thus, benzene vapors may travel along the deck and ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which benzene is handled.
(7) Benzene is classified as a flammable liquid for the purpose of conforming to the requirements of 49 CFR 172.101 concerning the designation of materials as hazardous materials. Locations where benzene may be present in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures are considered Class I Group D locations for the purposes of conforming to the requirements of 46 CFR parts 30 through 40, 151, and 153 when determining the requirements for electrical equipment as specified in Subchapter J (Electrical engineering).
(b)
(2) Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials.
(3) Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide).
(a)
(b)
Inhalation; skin absorption.
Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard. Systemic absorption may cause depression of
Direct skin contact with benzene may cause erythema. Repeated or prolonged contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis or development of secondary skin infections. In addition, benzene is absorbed through the skin. Local effects of benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight. Only at very high concentrations is there any smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of high concentrations of benzene may have an initial stimulatory effect on the central nervous system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation, or giddiness, followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue. A sensation of tightness in the chest accompanied by breathlessness may occur and ultimately the victim may lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions, and death may follow from respiratory paralysis or circulatory collapse in a few minutes to several hours following severe exposures.
The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged exposure to small quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. The hematopoietic system is the chief target for benzene's toxic effects which are manifested by alterations in the levels of formed elements in the peripheral blood. These effects may occur at concentrations of benzene which may not cause irritation of mucous membranes or any unpleasant sensory effects. Early signs and symptoms of benzene morbidity are varied. Often, they are not readily noticed and are non-specific. Complaints of headache, dizziness, and loss of appetite may precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pressure, in addition to a physical appearance of anemia, may accompany a complaint of shortness of breath and excessive tiredness. Bleeding from the nose, gums, or mucous membranes and the development of purpuric spots (small bruises) may occur as the condition progresses. Clinical evidence of leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia, singly or in combination, may be among the first signs.
Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic, or hyperplastic and may not, in all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. Because of variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no “typical” blood picture. The onset of effects of prolonged benzene exposure may be delayed for many months or years after the actual exposure has ceased. Identification or correlation with benzene exposure must be sought out in the occupational history.
Remove from exposure immediately. Make sure you are adequately protected and do not risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen or artificial resuscitation, if indicated. Flush eyes, wash skin if contaminated, and remove all contaminated clothing. Symptoms of intoxication may persist following severe exposures. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete.
(a)
Initial and periodic medical examinations must be provided as required in 46 CFR 197.560. There are special provisions for medical tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities or emergencies.
The blood values which require referral to a hematologist or internist are noted in 46 CFR 197.560(d) (i), (ii), and (iii). That section specifies that, if blood abnormalities persist, the employee must be referred unless the physician has good reason to believe that the referral is unnecessary. Examples of conditions that might make a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood limits are iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, or blood loss due to some unrelated medical abnormality.
Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity can be non-specific. Only a detailed history and appropriate investigative procedures will enable a physician to rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee at increased risk. To assist the examining physician with regard to which laboratory tests are necessary and when to refer an employee
(b)
(1) Red cell, white cell, platelet counts, white blood cell differential, hematocrit, and red cell indices must be performed by an accredited laboratory. The normal ranges for the red cell and white cell counts are influenced by altitude, race, and sex and, therefore, should be determined by an accredited laboratory in the specific area where the tests are performed.
Either a decline from an absolute normal or from an individual's base line to a subnormal value or a rise to a supra-normal value are indicative of potential toxicity, particularly if all blood parameters decline. The normal total white blood count is approximately 7,200/mm
Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater significance in the benzene-exposed worker and require prompt consultation with a specialist, namely:
(i) Thrombocytopenia.
(ii) A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell, or platelet indices in an individual over time is more worrisome than an isolated abnormal finding at one test time. The importance of a trend highlights the need to compare an individual's test results to baseline, to previous periodic tests, or to both.
(iii) A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different blood indices is of more significance than a single abnormality. A low white count not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices may be a normal statistical variation. Whereas, if the low white count is accompanied by decreases in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a pattern is more likely to be associated with benzene toxicity and merits thorough investigation.
Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis, or an abnormal differential white blood cell count should alert the physician to investigate further and to refer the patient if repeat tests confirm the abnormalities. If routine screening detects an abnormality, the follow-up tests which may be helpful in establishing the etiology of the abnormality are the peripheral blood smear and the reticulocyte count.
The extreme range of normal for reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the red cells. The usual range is 0.5 to 1.2 percent of the red cells. A decline in reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance (unless another specific cause is found). An increase in reticulocyte levels to above 2.5 percent also may be consistent with, but not characteristic of, benzene toxicity.
(2) A careful examination of the peripheral blood smear is an important diagnostic test. As with the reticulocyte count, the smear should be with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained from a needle tip following venipuncture or from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary blood). If necessary, the smear may, under certain limited conditions, be made from a blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but never with oxalate or heparin). When the smear is to be prepared from a specimen of venous blood which has been collected by a commercial Vacutainer
(3) The minimum mandatory observations to be made from the smear are as follows:
(i) The differential white blood cell count.
(ii) Description of abnormalities in the appearance of red cells.
(iii) Description of any abnormalities in the platelets.
(iv) A careful search must be made of every blood smear for immature white cells such as band forms (in more than normal proportion, i.e., over ten percent of the total differential count), any number of metamyelocytes, myelocytes, or myeloblasts. Any nucleate or multinucleated red blood cells should be reported. Large “giant” platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes must be recognized.
An increase in the proportion of band forms among the neutrophilic granulocytes is an abnormality deserving special mention. Such an increase may represent a change which should be considered as an early warning of benzene toxicity in the absence of other causative factors (most commonly infection). Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in the absence of another probable cause, is to be considered a possible indication of benzene-induced toxicity.
An upward trend in the number of basophils, which normally do not exceed about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is to be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count is less specific but may indicate toxicity if the rise is above 6.0 percent of the total white count.
The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0 to 8.0 percent of the total white count with an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent of individuals reported to have mild but
A less frequent but more serious indication of benzene toxicity is the finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called “pseudo” (or acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this anomaly, many, or sometimes the majority, of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two round nuclear segments, or, less often, one or three round segments, rather than three normally elongated segments. When this anomaly is not hereditary, it is often, but not invariably, predictive of subsequent leukemia. However, only about two percent of patients who ultimately develop acute myelogenous leukemia show the acquired Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests that can be administered to investigate blood abnormalities are discussed below. However, these tests should be undertaken by the hematologist.
An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear but can be elicited by a “sucrose water test” of peripheral blood, is transient paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH). This sign may first occur insidiously during a period of established aplastic anemia and may be followed within one to a few years by the appearance of rapidly fatal, acute myelogenous leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which occurs in only one or two percent of those destined to have acute myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult. If the “sucrose water test” is positive, the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also known as the acid-serum hemolysis test, may provide confirmation.
(v) Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous leukemia years after initial exposure to benzene may have progressed through a preliminary phase of hematologic abnormality. In some instances, pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow origin, but not to the extent implied by the term “aplastic anemia”) preceded leukemia for many years. Depression of a single blood cell type or platelets may represent a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of two or more cytopenias or pancytopenia in a benzene-exposed individual must be regarded as highly suspicious of more advanced, although still reversible, toxicity. Pancytopenia coupled with the appearance of immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts, erythroblasts, etc.) with abnormal cells (pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nuclear heterochromatin, etc.) or of unexplained elevations of white blood cells must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure, unless proved otherwise. Many severely aplastic patients manifested the ominous finding of five to ten percent myeloblasts in the marrow, occasional myeloblasts and myelocytes in the blood, and 20 to 30 percent monocytes. It is evident that isolated cytopenias, pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has been reported on cessation of exposure. However, because any of these abnormalities is serious, the employee must immediately be removed from any possible exposure to benzene vapor. Certain tests may substantiate the employee's prospects for progression or regression. One such test would be an examination of the bone marrow, but the decision to perform a bone marrow aspiration or needle biopsy must be made by the hematologist.
The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells (usually found in one to five percent of red cells following marrow injury) and detection in the bone marrow of what are termed “ringed sideroblasts” must be taken seriously, as they have been noted in recent years to be premonitory signs of subsequent leukemia.
Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating or marrow neutrophil granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed the disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable proportion of the granulocytes. This has been reported as an early sign of leukemia. However, relatively few patients have been studied to date. Granulocyte granules are normally strongly peroxidase positive. A steady decline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has also been reported as suggestive of early acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may cause an early rise in serum iron, often but not always associated with a fall in the reticulocyte count. Thus, serial measurements of serum iron levels may provide a means of determining whether or not there is a trend representing sustained suppression of erythropoiesis.
Measurement of serum iron and determination of peroxidase and of alkaline phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be performed in most pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining are usually undertaken when the index of suspicion for leukemia is high.
Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to benzene are best taken so that the representative average eight-hour exposure may be determined from a single eight-hour sample or two four-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grab samples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of
There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee exposures to benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of the benzene vapor on charcoal adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis by gas chromatography. Sampling and analysis also may be performed by portable direct reading instruments, real-time continuous monitoring systems, passive dosimeters, or other suitable methods. The employer is required to select a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of 46 CFR 197.540(a)(6) for the weather conditions expected. Section 197.540(a)(6) requires that monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm.
In developing the following analytical procedures, the OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene air concentration of one ppm. A procedure for determining the benzene concentration in bulk material samples was also evaluated. This work, as reported in OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12, includes the following two analytical procedures:
Analyte: Benzene.
Matrix: Air.
Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with carbon disulfide, analysis by gas chromatograph.
Detection limit: 0.04 ppm.
Recommended air volume and sampling rate: 10 liter at 0.2 liter/min.
1.1. A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present.
1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered vial and the analyte is desorbed with carbon disulfide.
1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.
1.4. The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained from standards.
2.1. The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences are minimal and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The samples are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.
2.2. The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.
3.1. A calibrated personal sampling pump having a flow that can be determined within
3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends flame sealed, seven cm long with a six mm O.D. and a four mm I.D., containing two sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by a two mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 °C before packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal and the back-up section 50 mg. A three mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of one liter per minute.
3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.
3.4. Column (10 ft. x 1/8 in. stainless steel) packed with 80/100 Supelcoport coated with 20 percent SP 2100 and 0.1 percent CW 1500.
3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak area.
3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps.
3.7. Microliter syringes: ten microliter (ten μl) syringe, and other convenient sizes for making standards. One μl syringe for sample injections.
3.8. Pipets: 1.0 ml delivery pipets.
3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard solutions.
4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS
4.2. Benzene, reagent grade.
4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal standard).
4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by adding 0.05 ml of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The internal standard offers a convenient means correcting analytical response for slight inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external standard technique is preferred, the internal standard can be eliminated.)
4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen, and air.
5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the analysis.
5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line.
5.3. Collection and shipping of samples.
5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (two mm).
5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should be placed nearest the sampling pump.
5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.
5.3.4. Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.
5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least
5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling.
5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set of samples.
5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize breakage of samples.
5.4. Analysis of samples.
5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a two ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded and the second section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately.
5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Before analysis, 1.0 ml of desorbing solution is pipetted into each sample container. The desorbing solution consists of 0.05 μl internal standard per milliliter of carbon disulfide. The sample vials are capped as soon as the solvent is added. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes with occasional shaking.
5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are as follows:
1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow.
2. 30 ml/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.
3. 240 ml/min (40 psig) air flow to detector.
4. 150 °C injector temperature.
5. 250 °C detector temperature.
6. 100 °C column temperature.
5.4.4. Injection size. One μl.
5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas are measured by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement.
5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is used. The integrator is calibrated to report results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after correction for desorption efficiency.
5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency.
5.5.1. Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound may vary from one laboratory to another and from one lot of chemical to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used.
5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X (X represents target concentration) based on a 10 liter air sample, are injected into several tubes at each level. Dilutions of benzene with carbon disulfide are made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration, they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples. Desorption efficiency is determined by dividing the amount of benzene found by amount spiked on the tube.
A series of standards varying in concentration over the range of interest is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions that will be used on the samples. A calibration curve is prepared by plotting concentration (μg/ml) versus peak area.
Benzene air concentration can be calculated from the following equation:
mg/m
Where: A=μg/ml benzene, obtained from the calibration curve; B=desorption volume (one ml); C=liters of air sampled; and D=desorption efficiency.
The concentration in mg/m
ppm=(mg/m
Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas 25 °C and 760 mm; and 78.11=molecular weight of benzene.
8.1 Detection limit—Air Samples. The detection limit for the analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of variation of 0.023 at this level. This would be equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04 ppm for a 10 liter air sample. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit data were obtained by making one μl injections of a 1.283 μg/ml standard.
8.2 Pooled coefficient of variation—Air Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by one μl replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 16.04, 32.08, and 64.16 μg/ml, which are equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 liter air sample respectively.
8.3 Storage data—Air Samples. Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80% relative humidity, 22 °C, and 643 mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes at 0.2 liters/min. Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples were divided into two groups by fifteen samples each. One group was stored at refrigerated temperature of −25 °C and the other group was stored at ambient temperature (approximately 23 °C). These samples were analyzed over a period of fifteen days. The results are tabulated below.
8.4 Desorption data. Samples were prepared by injecting liquid benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes. Samples were prepared that would be equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 liter air sample.
8.5 Carbon disulfide. Carbon disulfide from a number of sources was analyzed for benzene contamination. The results are given in the following table. The benzene contaminant can be removed with the procedures given in section I.4.1.
Analyte: Benzene.
Matrix: Bulk Samples.
Procedure: Bulk samples are analyzed directly by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Detection limits: 0.01% by volume.
1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be analyzed is injected into a liquid chromatograph.
1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas obtained from standards.
2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible.
2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible.
2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by proper selection of HPLC parameters.
2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the capillary tubing in the liquid chromatograph. This may require distilling the sample or clarifying with a clarification kit.
3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a UV detector.
3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in the bulk sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies was a Waters uBondapack C18, 30 cm×3.9 mm.
3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if necessary.
3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if necessary.
3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring peak areas.
3.6. Microliter syringes—ten μl syringe and other convenient sizes for making standards. 10 μl syringe for sample injections.
3.7. Volumetric flasks, five ml and other convenient sizes for preparing standards and making dilutions.
4.1. Benzene, reagent grade.
4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol.
5.1. Samples should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps.
5.2. Samples should not be put in the same container used for air samples
6.1. Sample preparation. If necessary, the samples are distilled or clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If the benzene concentration is out of the working range, suitable dilutions are made with isopropyl alcohol.
6.2. HPLC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the high performance liquid chromatograph are:
6.2.1. Mobile phase—Methyl alcohol/water, 50/50.
6.2.2. Analytical wavelength—254 nm.
6.2.3. Injection size—10 μl.
6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibration. Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means. The integrator is calibrated to report results in % benzene by volume.
Because the integrator is programmed to report results in % benzene by volume in an undiluted sample, the following equation is used: % Benzene by Volume=A×B.
Where: A=% by volume on report. B=Dilution Factor. (B=one for undiluted sample).
8.1. Detection limit—Bulk Samples. The detection limit for the analytical procedure for bulk samples is 0.88 μg, with a coefficient of variation of 0.019 at this level. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit date were obtained by making ten μl injections of a 0.10% by volume standard.
8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Bulk Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by 50 μl replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0, and 2.0% benzene by volume.
This appendix contains the procedures for properly fitting a respirator to employees who may be exposed to benzene and includes the Initial Fit Tests (IFT), the Qualitative Fit Tests (QLFT), and the Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT).
Note that respirators (negative pressure or positive pressure) must not be worn when conditions prevent a tight seal between the faceplate and the skin or the proper functioning of the inhalation or exhalation valves. In order for a respirator to protect the wearer, the facepiece must make a proper seal against the wearer's face. Several factors can negatively affect the respirator to face seal and reduce the level of protection afforded by the respirator. Among these are facial shape, temple pieces of eyeglasses, facial abnormalities (e.g., scars and indentations) absence of dentures, hair style or length of hair, specific skin conditions, and facial hair. Therefore, nothing can come between or otherwise interfere with the sealing surface of the respirator and the face or interfere with the function of the inhalation or exhalation valves.
(a) The test subject must be allowed to select the most comfortable respirator from a selection of respirators of various sizes. The selection must include at least three sizes of elastomeric facepieces for the type of respirator that is to be tested (i.e., three sizes of half mask or three sizes of full facepiece).
(b) Before the selection process, the test subject must be shown how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension, and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror must be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning the respirator. This instruction is only a preliminary review and must not constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use.
(c) The test subject must be informed that he or she is being asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape and, if fitted and used properly, should provide adequate protection.
(d) The test subject must be instructed to hold each facepiece up to the face and eliminate those facepieces which obviously do not give a comfortable fit.
(e) The more comfortable facepieces must be noted and the most comfortable mask donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort may be given by discussing the points in section I(f) of this appendix. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject must be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps.
(f) Assessment of comfort must include reviewing the following points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator:
(1) Position of the mask on the nose.
(2) Room for eye protection.
(3) Room to talk.
(4) Position of mask on face and cheeks.
(g) The following criteria must be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator fit:
(1) Chin properly placed.
(2) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened.
(3) Fit across nose bridge.
(4) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin.
(5) Tendency of respirator to slip.
(6) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position.
(h) The following negative and positive pressure fit tests must be conducted. Before conducting a negative or positive pressure fit test, the subject must be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths Another facepiece must be selected and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests.
(1)
(2)
(i) The test must not be conducted if the subject has any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of apparel, such as a skull cap or the temple bars of eye glasses, which projects under the facepiece or otherwise interferes with a satisfactory fit must be altered or removed.
(j) If the test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, the subject must be referred to a physician trained in respiratory disease or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing his or her duties.
(k) The test subject must be given the opportunity to wear the successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test subject must be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece and to be retested.
(l) Exercise regimen. Before beginning the fit test, the test subject must be given a description of the fit test and of the test subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process must include a description of the test exercises that the subject must perform. The respirator to be tested must be worn for at least five minutes before the start of the fit test.
(m) Test Exercises. The test subject must perform the following exercises in the test environment:
(1) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, the subject must breathe normally.
(2) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject must breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.
(3) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject must slowly turn his or her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side. The subject must hold his or her head at each extreme momentarily and inhale.
(4) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject must slowly move his or her head up and down. The subject must be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
(5) Talking. The subject must talk slowly and loudly enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject must count backward from 100, recite a memorized poem or song, or read the following passage:
When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.
(6) Grimace. The test subject must grimace by smiling or frowning.
(7) Bending over. The test subject must bend at the waist as if to touch the toes or, for test environments such as shroud type QNFT units which prohibit bending at the waist, the subject must jog in place.
(8) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1.
Each test exercise must be performed for one minute, except for the grimace exercise which must be performed for 15 seconds. The test subject must be questioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of test exercises. If it has become uncomfortable, another respirator must be tried and the subject retested.
(n) The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been administered to the test subject. The certification must include the following information:
(1) Name of employee.
(2) Type, brand, and size of respirator.
(3) Date of test.
Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording of the results of the test must be retained with the certification. The certification must be maintained until the next fit test is administered.
(a)
(2) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to properly prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment, perform tests, recognize invalid tests, and
(3) The employer shall ensure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.
(b)
(i) Three one-liter glass jars with metal lids must be used.
(ii) Odor free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 degrees C must be used for the solutions.
(iii) An isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) stock solution must be prepared by adding one cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free water in a one liter jar and by shaking the jar for 30 seconds. A new solution must be prepared at least weekly.
(iv) The screening test must be conducted in a room separate from the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms must be well ventilated but not connected to the same recirculating ventilation system.
(v) An odor test solution must be prepared in a second one-liter jar by placing 0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean dropper or pipette. The solution must be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution must be used for only one day.
(vi) A test blank must be prepared in a third one-liter jar by adding 500 cc of odor free water.
(vii) The odor test jar and the test blank jar must be labeled “1” and “2” for identification. The labels must be placed on the jar lids so that the labels can be periodically peeled off dried, and switched to maintain the integrity of the test.
(viii) The following instruction must be typed on a card and placed on a table in front of the odor test jar and the test blank jar:
The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil.
(ix) The mixtures in the jars used in the IAA odor threshold screening must be prepared in an area separate from the test area, in order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the test subject.
(x) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test must not be performed.
(xi) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit testing.
(2) Isoamyl acetate fit test. (i) The fit test chamber must be a clear 55-gallon drum liner or similar device suspended inverted over a two foot diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about six inches above the test subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber must have a small hook attached.
(ii) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing must be equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors. The cartridges or masks must be changed at least weekly.
(iii) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test subject must wear the respirator to the fit testing room. This room must be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection and must be well ventilated by an exhaust fan, lab hood, or other device to prevent general room contamination.
(iv) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the subject is to read must be taped to the inside of the test chamber.
(v) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject must be given a six inch by five inch piece of paper towel or other porous, absorbent, single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. The test subject must hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber.
(vi) Two minutes must be allowed for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk with the test subject, to explain the fit test, the importance of the subject's cooperation, and the purpose for the head exercises, or to demonstrate some of the exercises.
(vii) The test subject must be instructed to perform the exercises described in section I(n) of this appendix. If at any time during the test the subject detects the banana like odor of IAA, the test is failed. The subject must be removed quickly from the test chamber and the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue.
(viii) If the test is failed, the subject must return to the selection room, remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and don another respirator, return to the test chamber, and again take the IAA fit test. The process must continue until a respirator that fits well is found. If the odor sensitivity test is failed, the subject must wait at least five minutes before retesting to allow odor sensitivity to return.
(ix) When a respirator is found that passes the test, the subject must demonstrate the efficiency of the respirator by breaking the face seal and taking a breath before exiting the chamber. If the subject cannot detect the odor of IAA, the test is deemed inconclusive and must be rerun.
(x) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject must remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towel must be kept in a self-sealing bag to avoid significant IAA concentration build-up in the test chamber for subsequent tests.
(c)
(1) Saccharin taste threshold screening test. The test, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the test subject can detect the taste of saccharin.
(i) The subject must wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear. If the enclosure is also used for the saccharin solution aerosol fit test in compliance with section II(c)(2) of this appendix, the enclosure must allow free movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the Minnesota, Mining and Manufacturing (3M) hood assembly, parts No. FT 14 and No. FT 15 combined, is adequate.
(ii) The test enclosure must have a
(iii) The test subject must don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold screening test, the test subject must breathe with mouth wide open and tongue extended.
(iv) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer, the test conductor must spray the threshold check solution in accordance with II(c)(1)(v) of this appendix into the enclosure. The nebulizer must be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.
(v) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium saccharin USP in one cc of warm water. It may be prepared by putting one cc of the fit test solution (see section II(c)(2)(iv) of this appendix) in 100 cc of distilled water.
(vi) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb must be firmly squeezed so that it collapses completely. Then, the bulb must be released and allowed to expand fully.
(vii) The bulb must be squeezed rapidly ten times and the test subject must be asked whether he or she tastes the saccharin.
(viii) If the first response is negative, the ten rapid squeezes must be repeated and the test subject is again asked whether he or she tastes the saccharin.
(ix) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject again asked whether the saccharin is tasted.
(x) The test conductor must take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit a taste response.
(xi) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes, the test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.
(xii) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject must be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.
(xiii) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately one cc of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.
(xiv) The nebulizer must be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four-hours.
(2) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test. (i) The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.
(ii) The fit test must be conducted with the same type of enclosure used for the saccharin taste threshold screening test in accordance with section II(c)(1) of this appendix.
(iii) The test subject must don the enclosure while wearing the respirator selected in the saccharin taste threshold screening test. The respirator must be properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s).
(iv) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer must be used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer must be clearly marked to distinguish it from the nebulizer used for the threshold check solution in accordance with section II(c)(1)(iv) of this appendix.
(v) The fit test solution must be prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.
(vi) The test subject must breathe with mouth wide open and tongue extended.
(vii) The nebulizer must be inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and the fit test solution must be sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening test in accordance with sections II(c)(1)(vi) through II(c)(1)(xi) of this appendix.
(viii) After generating the aerosol, the test subject must be instructed to perform the exercises in section I(n) of this appendix.
(ix) Every 30 seconds, the aerosol concentration must be replenished using one half the number of squeezes used initially.
(x) The test subject must indicate to the test conductor if, at any time during the fit test, the taste of saccharin is detected.
(xi) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit must be deemed unsatisfactory and a different respirator must be tried.
(d)
(1) The respirator to be tested must be equipped with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.
(2) The test subject must be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with the smoke's characteristic odor.
(3) Both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic oxychloride, such as the Marine Safety Appliance part No. 5645 or equivalent, must be broken. One end of the smoke tube must be attached to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per minute.
(4) The test subject must be advised that the smoke may be irritating to the eyes and that the subject must keep his or her eyes closed while the test is performed.
(5) The test conductor must direct the stream of irritant smoke from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. The test must be started with the smoke tube at least 12 inches from the facepiece, moved gradually to within one inch, and moved around the whole perimeter of the mask
(6) Each test subject who passes the smoke test without evidence of a response must be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same tube once the respirator has been removed. This check is necessary to determine whether the test subject reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response voids the fit test.
(7) The fit test must be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the irritant smoke.
(a)
(2) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are able to properly calibrate equipment, perform tests, recognize invalid tests, calculate fit factors, and determine whether the test equipment is in proper working order.
(3) The employer shall ensure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(c)
(2) Test chamber. The test chamber must be large enough to permit all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement apparatus. The test chamber must be equipped and constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet is uniform in concentration throughout the chamber.
(3) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or cartridge element must be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate filter supplied by the same manufacturer.
(4) The sampling instrument must be selected so that a strip chart record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which
(5) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge agent, and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber must be such that the test subject is not exposed to a concentration of the challenge agent in excess of the established exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing process.
(6) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator must be placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. where the respirator is probed), so that a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all times, and so that there is no interference with the fit or performance of the respirator.
(7) The test chamber and test set up must permit the person administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test.
(8) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere must maintain a constant concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber to within a ten percent variation for the duration of the test.
(9) The time lag (i.e. the interval between an event and the recording of the event on the strip chart, computer, or integrator) must be kept to a minimum. There must be a clear association between the occurrence of an event inside the test chamber and the recording of that event.
(10) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the respirator sampling port must be of equal diameter and of the same material. The length of the two lines must be equal.
(11) The exhaust flow from the test chamber must pass through a high-efficiency filter before release.
(12) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity inside the test chamber must not exceed 50 percent.
(13) The limitations of instrument detection must be taken into account when determining the fit factor.
(14) Test respirators must be maintained in proper working order and inspected for deficiencies, such as cracks, missing valves, and gaskets.
(d)
(2) In order to reduce the amount of QNFT time, an abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume test may be used in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators which passed the positive or negative pressure test. When performing a screening isoamyl acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges or canisters must be used.
(3) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration must be measured in the test chamber before testing. For canopy or shower curtain type of test units, the determination of the challenge agent stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test environment.
(4) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the challenge agent concentration inside the respirator must be measured to ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed five percent for a half mask or one percent for a full facepiece respirator.
(5) A stable challenge concentration must be obtained before the actual start of testing.
(6) Respirator restraining straps must not be overtightened for testing. The straps must be adjusted by the wearer without assistance from other persons to give a fit reasonably comfortable for normal use.
(7) After obtaining a stable challenge concentration, the test subject must be instructed to perform the exercises described in section I(n) of this appendix. The test must be terminated whenever any single peak penetration exceeds five percent for half masks and one percent for full facepiece respirators. The test subject must be refitted and retested. If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit is deemed inadequate.
(8) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit tests must be conducted. The results of each of the three independent fit tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of respirator (e.g., half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator).
(9) Calculation of fit factors. (i) The fit factor must be determined for the quantitative fit test by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the concentration inside the respirator.
(ii) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the test.
(iii) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator must be determined by one of the following methods:
(A) Average peak concentration.
(B) Maximum peak concentration.
(C) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration.
(10) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by the quantitative fit testing must be the lowest of the three fit factor values calculated from the three required fit tests.
(11) The test subject must not be permitted to wear a half mask or a full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at least ten times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.
(12) Filters used for quantitative fit testing must be replaced at least weekly, whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or whenever the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. When used, organic vapor cartridges and canisters must be replaced daily or whenever there is an indication of a breakthrough by a test agent.
I,
(1) That I have had, within the previous twelve months, at least one medical examination in compliance with 46 CFR 197.560 or 29 CFR 1910.1028;
(2) That the physician conducting the latest medical examination in compliance with paragraph (1) of this certification did not recommend that I be excluded from areas where personal exposure may exceed the action level as defined in 46 CFR 197.505;
(3) That all respirators and personal protective clothing and equipment that I will use while on the vessel meet the requirements of 46 CFR 197.550(b) and 197.555(c) or of 29 CFR 1910.1028; and
(4) That all respirators that I will use while on the vessel have been fitted and fit tested in accordance with 46 CFR 197.550 (c) and (d) or with 29 CFR 1910.1028.
The following table gives the depth versus bottom time limits for single, no-decompression, air dives made within any 12-hour period. The limit is the maximum bottom time in minutes that a diver can spend at that depth without requiring decompression beyond that provided by a normal ascent rate of 60 fsw per minute. (Although bottom time is concluded when ascent begins, a slower ascent rate would increase the bottom time thereby requiring decompression.) An amount of nitrogen remains in the tissues of a diver after any air dive, regardless of whether the dive was a decompression or no-decompression dive. Whenever another dive is made within a 12-hour period, the nitrogen remaining in the blood and body tissues of the diver must be considered when calculating his decompression.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 46 CFR 1.46.
CGD 84-069, 61 FR 25313, May 20, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
(a) This part sets out the requirements for lifesaving appliances and arrangements for all inspected U.S. vessels except for—
(1) Offshore supply vessels, which are covered by subchapter L of this chapter;
(2) Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU), which are covered by subchapter I-A of this chapter;
(3) Small passenger vessels, which are covered by subchapters K and T of this chapter; and
(4) Sailing school vessels, which are covered by part 169 of this chapter.
(b) This subpart and subparts B, C, and D of this part set out the requirements for vessels on international voyages that are subject to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and its Protocol of 1978, as amended (SOLAS).
(c) Subparts E and F of this part set out additional requirements, alternatives, and exemptions for vessels that are not subject to SOLAS.
(a) This subpart and subparts B, C, and D of this part are based on Chapter III, SOLAS. Section numbers in this subpart and subparts B, C, and D of this part are generally related to the regulation numbers in Chapter III, SOLAS, but paragraph designations are not related to the numbering in Chapter III, SOLAS. To find the corresponding Chapter III, SOLAS regulation for this subpart and subparts B, C, and D of this part, beginning with § 199.10, divide the section number following the decimal point by 10.
(b) For purposes of this part, any vessel carrying a valid Passenger Ship Safety Certificate supplemented by a Record of Equipment, or a valid Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate supplemented by a Record of Equipment, is considered to have met the requirements of this part if the equipment meets § 199.40 and if, in addition to the requirements of SOLAS Chapter III, the vessel meets the following requirements:
(1) Each new lifeboat and launching appliance on a tank vessel may be of aluminum construction only if its stowage location is protected with a water spray system in accordance with § 199.290(b).
(2) Each child-size lifejacket and immersion suit must be appropriately marked and stowed separately from adult or extended-size devices as required in § 199.70(b)(2).
(3) Each lifejacket and immersion suit must be marked with the vessel's name in accordance with §§ 199.70 (b)(3) and (c)(3).
(4) Inflatable lifejackets, if carried, must be of the same or similar design as required by § 199.70(b).
(5) Containers for lifejackets, immersions suits, and anti-exposure suits must be marked as specified in § 199.70(d).
(6) Instructions for passengers must include illustrated instructions on the method of donning lifejackets as required in § 199.80(c)(5).
(7) Each liferaft must be arranged to permit it to drop into the water from the deck on which it is stowed as required in § 199.130(c)(3).
(8) Lifeboats and rescue boats must be arranged to allow safe disembarkation onto the vessel after a drill in accordance with § 199.110(h).
(9) The requirements for guarding of falls in § 199.153 (e) and (g) must be met.
(10) The winch drum requirements described in § 199.153(f) must be met for all survival craft winches, including multiple drum winches.
(11) The maximum lowering speed requirements for launching arrangements using falls and a winch in §§ 199.153 (i) and (j) must be met.
(12) An auxiliary line must be kept with each line-throwing appliance in accordance with § 199.170(c)(2).
(13) Immersion suits must be carried on all cargo vessels except those operating between the 32 degrees north and 32 degrees south latitude in accordance with § 199.273.
(14) Vessels carrying immersion suits must conduct drills in accordance with §§ 199.180 (d)(11) and (d)(12).
(c) The certificates in paragraph (b) of this section will be accepted as proof of compliance with the requirements in this part unless the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), determines that—
(1) The condition of the vessel or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of its certificates; or
(2) The vessel and its equipment have not been maintained in conformance
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52816, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.03 was amended by revising paragraphs (b) (9) and (10), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(b) * * *
(9) The requirements for guarding of falls in §§ 199.153 (d) and (f) must be met.
(10) The winch drum requirements described in § 199.153(e) must be met for all survival craft winches, not just multiple drum winches.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are as follows:
The OCMI may require a vessel to carry specialized or additional lifesaving equipment other than as required in this part if the OCMI determines that the conditions of a voyage present uniquely hazardous circumstances that
When this part requires a particular fitting, material, or lifesaving appliance or arrangement, the Commandant (G-MSE) may accept any other fitting, material, or lifesaving appliance or arrangement that is at least as effective as that required by this part. The Commandant may require engineering evaluations and tests to determine the equivalent effectiveness of the substitute fitting, material, or lifesaving appliance or arrangement.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) Cargo vessels of less than 500 tons gross tonnage;
(2) Vessels not propelled by mechanical means;
(3) Wooden vessels of primitive build; and
(4) Vessels solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the River Saint Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and on the north side Anticosti Island, the 63rd meridian.
(5) Tank vessels constructed before October 1, 1996 engaged in voyages between the continental United States and Alaska or Hawaii, and all other vessels engaged on international voyages which were constructed before July 1, 1986, must meet the requirements of §§ 199.70(b)(4)(i), 199.80, 199.90, 199.100, 199.180, 199.190 (paragraph (b) applies as much as practicable), 199.214, 199.217, 199.250, 199.261 (b)(2) and (e), and 199.273, and must fit retro-reflective material on all floating appliances, lifejackets and immersion suits. Except for the requirements of §§ 199.261 (b)(2) and (e), vessels may retain the number, type, and arrangement of lifesaving appliances previously required and approved for the vessel as long as the arrangement or appliance is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the OCMI.
(e)
(1) Passenger vessels.
(2) Special purpose vessels carrying more than 50 special personnel.
(3) Special purpose vessels carrying not more than 50 special personnel if the vessels meet the structural fire protection requirements in subchapter H of this chapter for passenger vessels of the same size.
(f)
(1) Cargo vessels.
(2) Tank vessels.
(3) Special purpose vessels carrying not more than 50 special personnel that do not meet the structural fire protection requirements in subchapter H of this chapter for passenger vessels of the same size.
(g)
(2) Cargo vessels on international voyages must meet the requirements of this subpart and subparts B and D of this part.
(3) The provisions for passenger vessels on short international voyages in this subpart and subparts B and C of this part do not apply to special purpose vessels described in paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section.
(h)
(1) Vessels on other than international voyages and vessels listed in paragraph (d) of this section which were constructed prior to October 1, 1996, must—
(i) By October 1, 1999, meet the requirements of §§ 199.70(b)(4)(i), 199.80, 199.90, 199.100, 199.180, 199.190 (paragraph (b) applies as much as practicable), 199.217, 199.250, 199.273, and 199.510, and
(ii) By October 1, 2003, passenger vessels must carry the number and type of survival craft specified in table 199.630 of this part and cargo vessels in oceans and coastwise service must carry the number and type of survival craft specified in § 199.261(b)(2) and (e);
(iii) By October 1, 2003, passenger vessels must carry the immersion suits and thermal protective aids specified in § 199.214; and
(iv) Except for the requirements in paragraphs (i)(1)(ii) and (i)(1)(iii) of this section, vessels may retain the number, type, and arrangement of lifesaving equipment, including lifeboats, lifeboat davits, winches, inflatable liferafts, liferaft launching equipment, rescue boats, lifefloats, and buoyant apparatus previously required and approved for the vessel as long as the arrangement or appliance is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the OCMI.
(2) This paragraph does not apply to public vessels.
(i)
(1) A survival craft is not required to meet the requirements of this part if it is replaced without replacing its davit and winch; and
(2) A davit and its winch are not required to meet the requirements of this part if one or both are replaced without replacing the survival craft.
(j)
(k)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52817, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.10 was revised, effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a) Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Chapter, this part applies to all inspected U.S. flag vessels.
(b) This part does not apply to nonself-propelled vessels without accommodations or work stations on board, and unless otherwise required by this chapter, does not apply to offshore supply vessels, mobile offshore drilling units, small passenger vessels, and sailing school vessels.
(c) For purposes of the application of this part, a cargo vessel, whenever built, which is converted to a passenger vessel is deemed to be a passenger vessel that is constructed on the date on which the conversion commences.
(d) This subpart and subparts B, C, and D of this part apply to vessels engaged on international voyages, except—
(1) Cargo vessels of less than 500 tons gross tonnage;
(2) Vessels not propelled by mechanical means;
(3) Wooden vessels of primitive build; and
(4) Vessels solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the River Saint Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side Anticosti Island, the 63rd meridian.
(e) Vessels engaged on international voyages which were constructed before July 1, 1986, must meet the requirements of §§ 199.70(b)(4)(i), 199.80, 199.90, 199.100, 199.180, 199.190 (paragraph (b) applies as much as practicable), 199.214, 199.217, 199.250, 199.261 (b)(2) and (e), and 199.273, and must fit retro-reflective material on all floating appliances, lifejackets and immersion suits. Except for the requirements of §§ 199.261 (b)(2) and (e), vessels may retain the number, type, and arrangement of lifesaving appliances previously required and approved for the vessel, as long as the arrangement or appliance is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the OCMI.
(f) For the purposes of this part, the following vessels must meet the requirements for passenger vessels:
(1) Passenger vessels.
(2) Special purpose vessels carrying more than 50 special personnel.
(3) Special purpose vessels carrying not more than 50 special personnel if the vessels meet the structural fire protection requirements in subchapter H of this chapter for passenger vessels of the same size.
(g) For the purposes of this part, the following vessels must meet the requirements for cargo vessels:
(1) Cargo vessels.
(2) Tank vessels.
(3) Special purpose vessels carrying not more than 50 special personnel that do not meet the structural fire protection requirements in subchapter H of this chapter for passenger vessels of the same size.
(h)(1) Passenger vessels on international voyages must meet the requirements of this subpart and subparts B and C of this part.
(2) Cargo vessels on international voyages must meet the requirements of this subpart and subparts B and D of this part.
(3) The provisions for passenger vessels on short international voyages in this subpart and subparts B and C of this part do not apply to special purpose vessels described in paragraphs (f) (2) and (3) of this section.
(i) Vessels not on international voyages and vessels listed in paragraph (d) of this section must meet the requirements of this subpart and subparts B, C, D, and E of this part unless otherwise exempted or permitted by subpart F of this part.
(1) Vessels on other than international voyages and vessels listed in paragraph (d) of this section which were constructed prior to October 1, 1996, must—
(i) By October 1, 1997, meet the requirements of §§ 199.70(b)(4)(i), 199.80, 199.90, 199.100, 199.180, 199.190 (paragraph (b) applies as much as practicable), 199.217, 199.250, 199.273, and 199.510, and fit retro-reflective material on all floating appliances, lifejackets and immersion suits;
(ii) By October 1, 2001, passenger vessels must carry the number and type of survival craft specified in table 199.630 of this part and cargo vessels in oceans and coastwise service must carry the number and type of survival craft specified in § 199.261 (b)(2) and (e);
(iii) By October 1, 2001, passenger vessels must carry the immersion suits and thermal protective aids specified in § 199.214; and
(iv) Except for the requirements in paragraphs (i)(1)(ii) and (i)(1)(iii) of this section, vessels may retain the arrangement of lifeboats, lifeboat davits, winches, inflatable liferafts, liferaft launching equipment, rescue boats, lifefloats, and buoyant apparatus previously required and approved for the vessel, as long as the arrangement or appliance is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the OCMI.
(2) This paragraph does not apply to public vessels.
(j) When any lifesaving appliance or arrangement on a vessel subject to this part is replaced, or when the vessel undergoes repairs, alterations or modifications of a major character involving replacement of, or any addition to, the existing lifesaving appliance or arrangements, each new lifesaving appliance and arrangement must meet the requirements of this part, unless the OCMI determines that the vessel cannot accommodate the new appliance or arrangement, except that—
(1) A survival craft is not required to meet the requirements of this part if it is replaced without replacing its davit and winch; and
(2) A davit and its winch are not required to meet the requirements of this part if one or both are replaced without replacing the survival craft.
(k) No extensive repairs or alterations, except in an emergency, may be made to a lifesaving appliance without advance notification to the OCMI. Insofar as possible, each repair or alteration must be made with material and tested in the manner specified in this subchapter and applicable to the new construction requirements in subchapter Q of this chapter. Emergency repairs or alterations must be reported as soon as practicable to the OCMI, where the vessel may call after such repairs are made. Lifeboats, rescue boats, or rigid liferafts may not be reconditioned for use on a vessel other than the one they were originally built for, unless specifically accepted by the OCMI.
(a)
(i) A vessel for which the sheltered nature and conditions of an international voyage would render the application of any specific requirements of this part unreasonable or unnecessary and which in the course of the voyage does not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
(ii) A vessel embodying features of a novel kind to which the application of any provision of this part would seriously impede research into the development of such features and their incorporation on vessels engaged on international voyages.
(2) A written request for exemption under this section must be submitted to the cognizant OCMI for review and forwarding to Commandant (G-MOC).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) Requests for exemption under this paragraph must be made in writing to the OCMI for transmission to the district Commander for the area in which the vessel is in service or will be in service.
(3) If the exemption is granted by the District Commander, the OCMI will endorse the vessel's Certificate of Inspection with a statement describing the exemption.
The following definitions apply to this part:
(a) Substantially changes the dimensions or carrying capacity of the vessel;
(b) Changes the type of the vessel;
(c) Substantially prolongs the life of the vessel; or
(d) Otherwise so changes the vessel that it is essentially a new vessel.
(a) On an international voyage, every person other than—
(1) The master and the members of the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a vessel on the business of that vessel; and
(2) A child under 1 year of age.
(b) On other than an international voyage, an individual carried on the vessel, except—
(1) The owner or an individual representative of the owner or, in the case of a vessel under charter, an individual charterer or individual representative of the charterer;
(2) The master; or
(3) A member of the crew engaged in the business of the vessel who has not contributed consideration for carriage and who is paid for onboard services.
(a) On an international voyage, a vessel of at least 100 tons gross tonnage carrying more than 12 passengers; and
(b) On other than an international voyage, a vessel of at least 100 tons gross tonnage—
(1) Carrying more than 12 passengers, including at least one passenger for hire; or
(2) That is chartered and carrying more than 12 passengers.
(a) Is owned, or demise chartered, and operated by the U.S. Government or a government of a foreign country including a vessel operated by the Coast Guard or Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, but not a vessel owned or operated by the Department of Transportation or any corporation organized or controlled by the Department; and
(b) Is not engaged in commercial service.
(a) Construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins; and
(b) Assembly of that vessel has commenced comprising at least 50 metric tons (55.1 U.S. tons) or 1 percent of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less.
(a) On oceanographic research vessels, scientific personnel; and
(b) On nautical school vessels, students, cadets, and instructors who are not members of the crew.
(a) Is a vessel of the United States;
(b) Operates on the navigable waters of the United States; or
(c) Transfers oil or hazardous material in a port or place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
(a) Each item of lifesaving equipment required by this part to be carried on board the vessel must be approved.
(b) Each item of lifesaving equipment carried on board the vessel in addition to those required by this part must—
(1) Be approved; or
(2) Be accepted by the cognizant OCMI for use on the vessel.
(c) The Commandant (G-MSE) may accept a novel lifesaving appliance or arrangement if it provides a level of safety equivalent to the requirements of this part and the appliance or arrangement—
(1) Is evaluated and tested in accordance with IMO Resolution A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-saving Appliances and Arrangements; or
(2) Has successfully undergone evaluation and tests that are substantially equivalent to those recommendations.
(d) During the vessel's construction and when any modification to the lifesaving arrangement is done after construction, a vessel owner must obtain acceptance of lifesaving arrangements from the Commandant (G-MSC).
(e) The OCMI may accept substitute lifesaving appliances other than those required by this part except for—
(1) Survival craft and rescue boats; and
(2) Survival craft and rescue boat launching and embarkation appliances.
(f) Acceptance of lifesaving appliances and arrangements will remain in effect unless—
(1) The OCMI deems their condition to be unsatisfactory or unfit for the service intended; or
(2) The OCMI deems the crew's ability to use and assist others in the use of the lifesaving appliances or arrangements to be inadequate.
(a)
(1) The proper condition and operation of the survival craft and rescue boat launching appliances at loads ranging from light load to 10 percent overload;
(2) The proper condition and operation of lifeboats and rescue boats, including engines and release mechanisms;
(3) The proper condition of flotation equipment such as lifebuoys, lifejackets, immersion suits, work vests, lifefloats, buoyant apparatus, and associated equipment;
(4) The proper condition of distress signaling equipment, including emergency position indicating radiobeacons (EPIRB), search and rescue transponders (SART), and pyrotechnic signaling devices;
(5) The proper condition of line-throwing appliances;
(6) The proper condition and operation of embarkation appliances, including embarkation ladders and marine evacuation systems;
(7) The ability of the crew to effectively carry out abandon-ship and fire-fighting procedures; and
(8) The ability to meet the egress and survival craft launching requirements of this part.
(b)
(1) The proper condition and operation of the survival craft and rescue boat launching appliances at loads ranging from light load to full load, except that any portion of the load test conducted in connection with replacement or end-for-ending of a fall since the vessel's last inspection or reinspection, need not be repeated;
(2) The proper condition and operation of lifeboats and rescue boats, including engines and release mechanisms;
(3) The proper condition of flotation equipment such as lifebuoys, lifejackets, immersion suits, work vests, lifefloats, buoyant apparatus, and associated equipment;
(4) The proper servicing of each inflatable liferaft and inflatable lifejacket has been serviced as required under this chapter;
(5) The proper servicing of each hydrostatic release unit, other than a disposable hydrostatic release unit, as required under this chapter; and
(6) The ability of crew to effectively carry out abandon-ship and fire-fighting procedures.
(c)
(2) Lifesaving appliances and arrangements are subject to tests and inspections described in paragraph (b) of this section during vessel boardings to ensure that the appliances and arrangements comply with applicable requirements, are in satisfactory condition, and remain fit for the service.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Carry not less than 12 rocket parachute flares approved under approval series 160.136; and
(2) Stow the flares on or near the vessel's navigating bridge.
(d)
(a)
(1)
(i) Each lifebuoy must be capable of being rapidly cast loose.
(ii) No lifebuoy may be permanently secured to the vessel in any way.
(iii) Each lifebuoy stowage position must be marked with either the words “LIFEBUOY” or “LIFE BUOY”, or with the appropriate symbol from IMO Resolution A.760(18).
(iv) Lifebuoys must be so distributed as to be readily available on each side of the vessel and, as far as practicable, on each open deck extending to the side of the vessel. At least one lifebuoy must be located near the stern of the vessel. The lifebuoys with attached self-igniting lights must be equally distributed on both sides of the vessel.
(v) At least two lifebuoys, each with attached self-activating smoke signals, must be stowed where they can be quickly released from the navigating bridge and should, when released, fall directly into the water without striking any part of the vessel.
(2)
(3)
(i) At least one lifebuoy on each side of the vessel fitted with a buoyant lifeline that is—
(A) At least as long as twice the height where it is stowed above the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, or 30 meters (100 feet) in length, whichever is the greater;
(B) Non-kinking;
(C) Not less than 8 millimeters (
(D) Of a breaking strength which is not less than 5 kiloNewtons (1,124 pounds-force); and
(E) Is, if synthetic, a dark color or certified by the manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(ii) At least one-half the total number of lifebuoys on the vessel must each be fitted with a self-igniting light approved under approval series 161.010. The self-igniting light may not be attached to the lifebuoys required by this section to be fitted with lifelines.
(iii) At least two lifebuoys on the vessel must be fitted with a self-activating smoke signal approved under approval series 160.157. Lifebuoys fitted with smoke signals must also be fitted with lights.
(b)
(1)
(i) A number of lifejackets suitable for children equal to at least 10 percent of the total number of passengers on board must be provided, or such greater number as may be required to provide a lifejacket of suitable size for each person smaller than the lower size limit of the adult-size lifejacket; and
(ii) A sufficient number of lifejackets must be carried for persons on watch and for use at remotely located survival craft stations.
(2)
(i) The lifejackets must be readily accessible.
(ii) [Reserved]
(iii) The lifejackets stowage positions must be marked with the words “LIFEJACKETS” or “CHILD LIFEJACKETS” as appropriate, or with the appropriate symbol from IMO Resolution A.760(18).
(iv) The additional lifejackets for persons on watch required by paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section must be stowed on the bridge, in the engine control room, and at other manned watch stations.
(v) Where, due to the particular arrangements of the vessel, the lifejackets required by paragraph (b) of this section may become inaccessible, alternative provisions must be made to the satisfaction of the OCMI that may include an increase in the number of lifejackets to be carried.
(3)
(i) In block capital letters with the name of the vessel; and
(ii) With Type I retro-reflective material approved under approval series 164.018. The arrangement of the retro-reflective material must meet IMO Resolution A.658(16).
(4)
(i) Each lifejacket must have a lifejacket light approved under approval series 161.112 securely attached to the front shoulder area of the lifejacket.
(ii) Each lifejacket must have a whistle firmly secured by a cord to the lifejacket.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(i) Each immersion suit or anti-exposure suit must have a lifejacket light approved under approval series 161.112 securely attached to the front shoulder area of the immersion suit or anti-exposure suit.
(ii) Each immersion suit or anti-exposure suit must have a whistle firmly secured by a cord to the immersion suit or anti-exposure suit.
(d)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52818, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.70 was amended by removing and reserving paragraph (b)(2)(ii) and revising paragraphs (a)(2) and (c)(3), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a) * * *
(2)
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The child-size lifejackets must be stowed separately from the adult lifejackets.
(c) * * *
(3)
(a)
(b)
(1) The instructions for operating the general emergency alarm system and public address system;
(2) The emergency signals;
(3) The actions to be taken by the persons on board when each signal is sounded;
(4) How the order to abandon the vessel will be given.
(5) The officers that are assigned to make sure that lifesaving and firefighting appliances are maintained in good condition and ready for immediate use;
(6) The duties assigned to the different members of the crew. Duties to be specified include—
(i) Closing the watertight doors, fire doors, valves, scuppers, sidescuttles, skylights, portholes, and other similar openings in the vessel's hull;
(ii) Equipping the survival craft and other lifesaving appliances;
(iii) Preparing and launching the survival craft;
(iv) Preparing other lifesaving appliances;
(v) Mustering the passengers and other persons on board;
(vi) Using communication equipment;
(vii) Manning the emergency squad assigned to deal with fires and other emergencies; and
(viii) Using firefighting equipment and installations.
(7) The duties assigned to members of the crew in relation to passengers and other persons on board in case of an emergency. Assigned duties to be specified include—
(i) Warning the passengers and other persons on board;
(ii) Seeing that passengers and other persons on board are suitably dressed and have donned their lifejackets or immersion suits correctly;
(iii) Assembling passengers and other persons on board at muster stations;
(iv) Keeping order in the passageways and on the stairways and generally controlling the movements of the passengers and other persons on board; and
(v) Making sure that a supply of blankets is taken to the survival craft; and
(8) The substitutes for key persons if they are disabled, taking into account that different emergencies require different actions.
(c)
(1) The fire and emergency signal;
(2) Their muster station;
(3) The essential actions they must take in an emergency;
(4) The location of lifejackets, including child-size lifejackets; and
(5) The method of donning lifejackets.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52818, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.80 was amended by revising paragraph (b)(4), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(b) * * *
(4) The order to abandon the vessel will be given;
Each vessel must have posters or signs displayed in the vicinity of each survival craft and the survival craft's launching controls that—
(a) Illustrate the purpose of controls;
(b) Illustrate the procedures for operating the launching device;
(c) Give relevant instructions or warnings;
(d) Can be easily seen under emergency lighting conditions; and
(e) Display symbols in accordance with IMO Resolution A.760(18).
(a) There must be a sufficient number of trained persons on board the vessel for mustering and assisting untrained persons.
(b) There must be a sufficient number of deck officers, able seamen, or certificated persons on board the vessel to operate the survival craft and launching arrangements required for abandonment by the total number of persons on board.
(c) There must be one person placed in charge of each survival craft to be used. The person in charge must—
(1) Be a deck officer, able seaman, or certificated person. The OCMI, considering the nature of the voyage, the number of persons permitted on board, and the characteristics of the vessel, may permit persons practiced in the handling and operation of liferafts or inflatable buoyant apparatus to be placed in charge of liferafts or inflatable buoyant apparatus; and
(2) Have a list of the survival craft crew and ensure that the crewmembers are acquainted with their duties.
(d) There must be a second-in-command designated for each lifeboat. This person should be a deck officer, able seaman, or certificated person. The second-in-command of a lifeboat must also have a list of the lifeboat crew.
(e) There must be a person assigned to each motorized survival craft who is capable of operating the engine and carrying out minor adjustments.
(f) The master must make sure that the persons required under paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section are equitably distributed among the vessel's survival craft.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.100 was amended by revising paragraph (f), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(f) The master must make sure that the persons required under paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section are equitable distributed among the vessel's survival craft.
(a) Each muster station must have sufficient space to accommodate all persons assigned to muster at that station. One or more muster stations must be close to each embarkation station.
(b) Each muster station and embarkation station must be readily accessible to accommodation and work areas.
(c) Each muster station and embarkation station must be adequately illuminated by lighting with power supplied from the vessel's emergency source of electrical power.
(d) Each alleyway, stairway, and exit giving access to a muster and embarkation station must be adequately illuminated by lighting that is capable of
(e) Each davit-launched and free-fall survival craft muster station and embarkation station must be arranged to enable stretcher cases to be placed in the survival craft.
(f) Each launching station, or each two adjacent launching stations, must have an embarkation ladder as follows:
(1) Each embarkation ladder must be approved under approval series 160.117 or be a rope ladder approved under approval series 160.017.
(2) Each embarkation ladder must extend in a single length from the deck to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition under unfavorable conditions of trim and with the vessel listed not less than 15 degrees either way.
(3) Provided that there is at least one embarkation ladder on each side of the vessel, the OCMI may permit additional embarkation ladders to be other approved devices that provide safe and rapid access to survival craft in the water.
(4) The OCMI may accept other safe and effective means of embarkation for use with a liferaft required under § 199.261(e).
(g) If a davit-launched survival craft is embarked over the edge of the deck, the craft must be provided with a means for bringing it against the side of the vessel and holding it alongside the vessel to allow persons to safely embark.
(h) If a davit-launched survival craft is not intended to be moved to the stowed position with persons on board, the craft must be provided with a means for bringing it against the side of the vessel and holding it alongside the vessel to allow persons to safely disembark after a drill.
(a) Each launching station must be positioned to ensure safe launching with clearance from the propeller and from the steeply overhanging portions of the hull.
(b) Each survival craft must be launched down the straight side of the vessel, except for free-fall launched survival craft.
(c) Each launching station in the forward part of the vessel must—
(1) Be in a sheltered position that is located aft of the collision bulkhead; and
(2) Have a launching appliance approved with an endorsement as being of sufficient strength for forward installation.
(a)
(1) As close to the accommodation and service spaces as possible;
(2) So that neither the survival craft nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the embarkation and operation of any other survival craft or rescue boat at any other launching station;
(3) As near the water surface as is safe and practicable;
(4) Except for liferafts intended for throw-overboard launching, not less than 2 meters above the waterline with the vessel—
(i) In the fully loaded condition;
(ii) Under unfavorable conditions of trim; and
(iii) Listed up to 20 degrees either way, or to the angle at which the vessel's weatherdeck edge becomes submerged, whichever is less.
(5) Sufficiently ready for use so that two crew members can complete preparations for embarkation and launching in less than 5 minutes;
(6) In a secure and sheltered position and protected from damage by fire and explosion, as far as practicable; and
(7) So as not to require lifting from its stowed position in order to launch, except that—
(i) A davit-launched liferaft may be lifted by a manually powered winch from its stowed position to its embarkation position; or
(ii) A survival craft that weights 185 kilograms (407.8 pounds) or less may be lifted not more than 300 millimeters (1 foot) in order to launch.
(b)
(1) Each lifeboat for lowering down the side of the vessel must be stowed as far forward of the vessel's propeller as practicable. Each lifeboat, in its stowed position, must be protected from damage by heavy seas.
(2) Each lifeboat must be stowed attached to its launching appliance.
(3) Each lifeboat must have a means for recharging the lifeboat batteries from the vessel's power supply at a supply voltage not exceeding 50 volts.
(c)
(1) Each liferaft must be stowed to permit manual release from its securing arrangements.
(2) Each liferaft must be stowed at a height above the waterline not greater than the maximum stowage height indicated on the liferaft container with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition. Each liferaft without an indicated maximum stowage height must be stowed not more than 18 meters (59 feet) above the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition.
(3) Each liferaft must be arranged to permit it to drop into the water from the deck on which it is stowed. A liferaft stowage arrangements meets this requirement if it—
(i) Is outboard of the rail or bulwark;
(ii) Is on stanchions or on a platform adjacent to the rail or bulwark; or
(iii) Has a gate or other suitable opening large enough to allow the liferaft to be pushed directly overboard and, if the liferaft is intended to be available for use on either side of the vessel, such gate or opening is provided on each side of the vessel.
(4) Each davit-launched liferaft must be stowed within reach of its lifting hook, unless some means of transfer is provided that is not rendered inoperable—
(i) Within the limits of trim and list specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section;
(ii) By vessel motion; or
(iii) By power failure.
(5) Each rigid container for an inflatable liferaft to be launched by a launching appliance must be secured so that the container or parts of it do not fall into the water during and after inflation and launching of the contained liferaft.
(6) Each liferaft must have a painter system providing a connection between the vessel and the liferaft.
(7) Each liferaft or group of liferafts must be arranged for float-free launching. The arrangement must ensure that the liferaft or liferafts, when released and inflated, are not dragged under by the sinking vessel. A hydrostatic release unit used in a float-free arrangement must be approved under approval series 160.162.
(a)
(1) To be ready for launching in not more than 5 minutes.
(2) In a position suitable for launching and recovery;
(3) In a way that neither the rescue boat nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the operation of any survival craft at any other launching station; and
(4) If it is also a lifeboat, in compliance with the requirements of § 199.130.
(b) Each rescue boat must have a means provided for recharging the rescue boat batteries from the vessel's power supply at a supply voltage not exceeding 50 volts.
(c) Each inflated rescue boat must be kept fully inflated at all times.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.140 was amended by revising paragraph (a)(1), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) To be ready for launching in not many than 5 minutes;
(a)
(1) Be capable of being deployed by one person;
(2) Enable the total number of persons for which it is designed, to be transferred from the vessel into the inflated liferafts within a period of 30 minutes in the case of a passenger vessel and 10 minutes in the case of a cargo vessel from the time an abandon-ship signal is given;
(3) Be arranged so that liferafts may be securely attached to and released from the marine evacuation system platform by a person either in the liferaft or on the platform;
(4) Be capable of being deployed from the vessel under unfavorable conditions of trim of up to 10 degrees either way and of list of up to 20 degrees either way;
(5) If the marine evacuation system has an inclined slide, it must—
(i) Be arranged so the angle of the slide from horizontal is within a range of 30 to 35 degrees when the vessel is upright and in its lightest seagoing condition; and
(ii) If the vessel is a passenger vessel, be arranged so the angle of the slide from horizontal is no more than 55 degrees in the final stage of flooding as described in subchapter S of this chapter; and
(6) Be capable of being restrained by a bowsing line or other positioning system that is designed to deploy automatically and if necessary, is capable of being adjusted to the position required for evacuation.
(b)
(1) There must not be any openings between the marine evacuation system's embarkation station and the vessel's side at the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition.
(2) The marine evacuation system's launching positions must be arranged, as far as practicable, to be straight down the vessel's side and to safely clear the propeller and any steeply overhanging positions of the hull.
(3) The marine evacuation system must be protected from any projections of the vessel's structure or equipment.
(4) The marine evacuation system's passage and platform, when deployed; its stowage container; and its operational arrangement must not interfere with the operation of any other lifesaving appliance at any other launching station.
(5) The marine evacuation system's stowage area must be protected from damage by heavy seas.
(c)
(1) Close to the system container, but capable of dropping clear of the deployed chute and boarding platform;
(2) So it is capable of individual release from its stowage rack;
(3) In accordance with the requirements of § 199.130; and
(4) With pre-connected or easily connected retrieving lines to the platform.
(a)(1) Each launching appliance for a lifeboat must be approved under approval series 160.132 with a winch approved under approval series 160.115.
(2) Each launching appliance for a davit-launched liferaft must be approved under approval series 160.163 with an automatic disengaging apparatus approved under approval series 160.170.
(b) Unless expressly provided otherwise in this part, each survival craft must be provided with a launching appliance or marine evacuation system, except those survival craft that—
(1) Can be boarded from a position on deck less than 4.5 meters (14.75 feet) above the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition and that are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavorable conditions of trim of 10 degrees and list of 20 degrees either way;
(2) [Reserved]
(3) Are carried in excess of the survival craft for 200 percent of the total number of persons on board the vessel, and that have a mass of not more than 185 kilograms (407 pounds);
(4) Are carried in excess of the survival craft for 200 percent of the total number of persons on board the vessel and that are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavorable conditions or trim of 10 degrees and list of 20 degrees either way; or
(5) Are provided for use in conjunction with a marine evacuation system and that are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavorable conditions of trim of 10 degrees and list of 20 degrees either way.
(c) With the exception of the secondary means of launching for free-fall lifeboats, each launching appliance must be arranged so that the fully equipped survival craft it serves can be safely launched against unfavorable conditions of trim of up to 10 degrees either way and of list of up to 20 degrees either way—
(1) When the survival craft is loaded with its full complement of persons; and
(2) When not more than the required operating crew is on board.
(d) A launching appliance must not depend on any means other than gravity or stored mechanical power, independent of the vessel's power supplies, to launch the survival craft it serves in both the fully loaded and equipped condition and in the light condition.
(e) Each launching appliance's structural attachment to the vessel must be designed, based on the ultimate strength of the construction material, to be at least 4.5 times the load imparted on the attachment by the launching appliance and its fully loaded survival craft under the most adverse combination of list and trim under paragraph (c) of this section.
(f) Each launching appliance must be arranged so that—
(1) All parts requiring regular maintenance by the vessel's crew are readily accessible and easily maintained;
(2) The launching appliance remains effective under conditions of icing;
(3) The same type of release mechanism is used for each similar survival craft carried on board the vessel;
(4) The preparation and handling of each survival craft at any one launching station does not interfere with the prompt preparation and handling of any other survival craft at any other station;
(5) The persons on board the vessel can safely and rapidly board the survival craft; and
(6) During preparation and launching, the survival craft, its launching appliance, and the area of water into which it is to be launched are illuminated by lighting supplied from the vessel's emergency source of electrical power.
(g) Each launching and recovery arrangement must allow the operator on the deck to observe the survival craft at all times during launching.
(h) Means must be provided outside the machinery space to prevent any discharge of water onto survival craft during launching.
(i) If there is a danger of the survival craft being damaged by the vessel's stabilizer wings, the stabilizer wings must be able to be brought inboard using power from the emergency source of electrical power. Indicators operated by the vessel's emergency power system must be provided on the navigating bridge to show the position of the stabilizer wings.
Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements, in addition to meeting the requirements in § 199.150, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Each launching mechanism must be arranged so it may be actuated by one person from a position on the vessel's deck, and except for secondary launching appliances for free-fall launching arrangements, from a position within the survival craft.
(b) Each fall wire must be of rotation-resistant and corrosion-resistant steel wire rope.
(c) The breaking strength of each fall wire and each attachment used on the fall must be at least six times the load imparted on the fall by the fully-loaded survival craft.
(d) Each fall must be long enough for the survival craft to reach the water with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, under unfavorable conditions of trim, and with the vessel listed not less than 20 degrees either way.
(e) Each unguarded fall must not pass near any operating position of the winch, such as hand cranks, pay out wheels, and brake levers.
(f) Each winch drum must be arranged so the fall wire winds onto the drum in one or more level wraps. A multiple drum winch must be arranged so that the falls wind off at the same
(g) Each fall, where exposed to damage or fouling, must have guards or equivalent protection. Each fall that leads along a deck must be covered with a guard that is not more than 300 millimeters (1 foot) above the deck.
(h) The lowering speed for a fully loaded survival craft must be not less than the speed obtained from one of the following formulas:
(1) S=0.4+(0.02 H), where S the lowering speed in meters per second and H is the lowering height in meters from the davit head to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, with H not greater than 30 regardless of the actual lowering height.
(2) S=79+(1.2 H), where S is the lowering speed in feet per minute and H is the lowering height in feet from the davit head to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, with H not greater than 99 regardless of the actual lowering height.
(i) The lowering speed for a survival craft loaded with all of its equipment must be not less than 70 percent of the speed required under paragraph (h) of this section.
(j) The lowering speed for a fully loaded survival craft must be not more than 1.3 meters per second (256 feet per minute).
(k) If a survival craft is recovered by electric power, the electrical installation, including the electric power-operated boat winch, must meet the requirements in subchapter J of this chapter. If a survival craft is recovered by any means using power, including a portable power source, safety devices must be provided that automatically cut off the power before the davit arms or falls reach the stops in order to avoid overstressing the falls or davits, unless the motor is designed to prevent such overstressing.
(l) Each launching appliance must be fitted with brakes that meet the following requirements:
(1) The brakes must be capable of stopping the descent of the survival craft or rescue boat and holding the survival craft or rescue boat securely when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.
(2) The brake pads must, where necessary, be protected from water and oil.
(3) Manual brakes must be arranged so that the brake is always applied unless the operator, or a mechanism activated by the operator, holds the brake control in the off position.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.153 was amended in paragraph (h)(1) by removing the word “actula” and adding in its place the word “actual”, in paragraph (h)(2) by removing the word “thee” and adding in its place the word “the”, in paragraph (i) by removing the phrase “paragraph (g)” and adding in its place the phrase “paragraph (h)”, and by revising paragraph (f), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(f) Each winch drum must be arranged so the fall wire winds onto the drum in a level wrap. A multiple drum winch must be arranged so that the falls wind off at the same rate when lowering and onto the drums at the same rate when hoisting.
Lifeboat launching and recovery arrangements, in addition to meeting the requirements in §§ 199.150 and 199.153, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Each lifeboat must be provided with a launching appliance. The launching appliance must be capable of launching and recovering the lifeboat with its crew.
(b) Each launching appliance arrangement must allow the operator on the vessel to observe the lifeboat at all times during recovery.
(c) Each launching appliance arrangement must be designed to ensure persons can safely disembark from the survival craft prior to its stowage.
(d) Each lifeboat, other than a totally enclosed lifeboat, must be provided with a davit span with not less than two lifelines of sufficient length
(a) The launching appliance for a free-fall lifeboat must be designed and installed so that the launching appliance and the lifeboat it serves operate as a system to protect the occupants from harmful acceleration forces and to effectively clear the vessel.
(b) The launching appliance must be designed and arranged so that, in its ready to launch position, the distance from the lowest point on the lifeboat it serves to the water surface with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition does not exceed the lifeboat's certificated free-fall height.
(c) The launching appliance must be arranged to preclude accidental release of the lifeboat in its unattended stowed position. If the means provided to secure the lifeboat cannot be released from inside the lifeboat, the means to secure the lifeboat must be arranged to preclude boarding the lifeboat without first releasing it.
(d) Each free-fall launching arrangement must be provided with a secondary means to launch the lifeboat by falls. Such means must comply with the requirements of §§ 199.150, 199.153, and 199.155. Notwithstanding § 199.150(c), the secondary launching appliance must be capable of launching the lifeboat against unfavorable conditions of trim of 2 degrees either way and of list of 5 degrees either way. The secondary launching appliance need not comply with the speed requirements of §§ 199.153 (g), (h), and (i). If the secondary launching appliance is not dependent on gravity, stored mechanical power, or other manual means, the launching arrangement must be connected both to the vessel's main and emergency power supplies.
(a) Each rescue boat must be capable of being launched with the vessel making headway of 5 knots in calm water. A painter may be used to meet this requirement.
(b) Each rescue boat embarkation and launching arrangement must permit the rescue boat to be boarded and launched in the shortest possible time.
(c) The rescue boat must meet the embarkation and launching arrangement requirements of §§ 199.110 (e) and (g), 199.150, 199.155, and if the launching arrangement uses falls and a winch, § 199.153.
(d) If the rescue boat is one of the vessel's survival craft, the rescue boat must also meet the following requirements:
(1) The rescue boat must meet the muster and embarkation arrangement requirements of § 199.110 and the launching station requirements of § 199.120.
(2) If the launching arrangement uses a single fall, the rescue boat may have an automatic disengaging apparatus approved under approval series 160.170 instead of a lifeboat release mechanism.
(e) Rapid recovery of the rescue boat must be possible when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment. If the rescue boat is also a lifeboat, rapid recovery must be possible when loaded with its lifeboat equipment and an approved rescue boat complement of at least six persons.
(f) Each rescue boat launching appliance must be fitted with a powered winch motor.
(g) Each rescue boat launching appliance must be capable of hoisting the rescue boat when loaded with its full rescue boat complement of persons and equipment at a rate of not less than 0.3 meters per second (59 feet per minute).
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) The equipment on the list provided by the manufacturer with the approved appliance; and
(2) An auxiliary line that—
(i) Is at least 450 meters (1,500 feet) long;
(ii) Has a breaking strength of at least 40 kiloNewtons (9,000 pounds-force); and
(iii) Is, if synthetic, of a dark color or certified by the manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(a) All lifeboat and rescue boat equipment—
(1) Must be secured within the boat by lashings, by storage in lockers or compartments, by storage in brackets or similar mounting arrangements, or by other suitable means;
(2) Must be secured in such a manner as not to interfere with any abandonment procedures or reduce seating capacity;
(3) Must be as small and of as little mass as possible;
(4) Must be packed in a suitable and compact form; and
(5) Should be stowed so the items do not—
(i) Reduce the seating capacity;
(ii) Adversely affect the seaworthiness of the survival craft or rescue boat; or
(iii) Overload the launching appliance.
(b) Each lifeboat, rigid liferaft, and rescue boat, unless otherwise stated in this paragraph, must carry the equipment listed in this paragraph and specified for it in table 199.175 of this section under the vessel's category of service. A lifeboat that is also a rescue boat must carry the equipment in the table column marked for a lifeboat.
(1)
(2)
(i) The bilge pump for a lifeboat approved for less than 70 persons must be either size 2 or size 3.
(ii) The bilge pump for a lifeboat approved for 70 persons or more must be size 3.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(i) The knife for a rigid liferaft must be secured to the raft by a lanyard and stowed in a pocket on the exterior of the canopy near the point where the painter is attached to the liferaft. If an approved jackknife is substituted for the second knife required on a liferaft equipped for 13 or more persons, the jackknife must also be secured to the liferaft by a lanyard.
(ii) The knife in an inflated or rigid-inflated rescue boat must be of a type designed to minimize the possibility of damage to the fabric portions of the hull.
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(A) If the painter is of synthetic material, the painter must be of a dark color or certified by the manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(B) The painter for a lifeboat and each painter for a rescue boat must be of a length that is at least twice the distance from the stowage position of the boat to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, or must be 15 meters (50 feet) long, whichever is the greater.
(C) The painter must have a breaking strength of at least 34 kiloNewtons (7,700 pounds-force).
(D) The painter for a rigid liferaft must be of a length that is at least 20 meters (66 feet) plus the distance from the liferaft's stowed position to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, or must be 15 meters (50 feet) long, whichever is the greater.
(E) If the painter is of synthetic material, the painter must be of a dark color or certified by the manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light.
(F) The painter must have a breaking strength of at least 15 kiloNewtons (3,937 pounds-force) for liferafts approved for more than 25 persons, of at least 20 kiloNewtons (2,250 pounds-force) for liferafts approved for 9 to 25 persons, and of at least 7.5 kiloNewtons (1,687 pounds-force) for any other liferaft.
(G) The painter must have a float-free link meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.073 of this chapter secured to the end of the painter that is attached to the vessel. The float-free link arrangement must break under a load of 2.2
(ii) [Reserved]
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(i) Six sealing clamps;
(ii) Five 50-millimeter (2-inch) diameter tube patches;
(iii) A roughing tool; and
(iv) A container of cement compatible with the tube fabric. The cement must have an expiration date on its container that is not more than 24 months after the date of manufacture of the cement.
(27)
(ii) Each sea anchor for a rigid liferaft must be of the type specified by the liferaft manufacturer and must be fitted with a shock resistant hawser. It may also be fitted with a tripping line. One sea anchor must be permanently attached to the liferaft in such a way that, when the liferaft is waterborne, it will cause the liferaft to lie oriented to the wind in the most stable manner. The second sea anchor must be stowed in the liferaft as a spare. A davit-launched liferaft and a liferaft on a passenger vessel must have the permanently attached sea anchor arranged to deploy automatically when the liferaft floats free.
(iii) The sea anchor for a rescue boat must be of the type specified by the rescue boat manufacturer, and must have a hawser of adequate strength that is at least 10 meters (33 feet) long.
(28)
(ii) The searchlight must be permanently mounted on the canopy or must have a stanchion-type or collapsible-type, portable mounting on the canopy. The mounting must be located to enable operation of the searchlight by the boat operator.
(iii) The searchlights power source must be capable of operating the light without charging or recharging for not less than—
(A) Three hours of continuous operation; or
(B) Six hours total operation when it is operated in cycles of 15 minutes on and 5 minutes off.
(iv) If the searchlight's power source is an engine starting battery, there must be sufficient battery capacity to start the engine at the end of either operating period specified in paragraph (b)(28)(iii) of this section.
(v) The searchlight's power source must be connected to the searchlight using watertight electrical fittings.
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
(34)
(35)
(36)
(37)
(38)
(39)
(40)
(i) The requirement for up to one-third of the emergency drinking water may be met by a desalting apparatus approved under approval series 160.058 that is capable of producing the substituted amount of water in 2 days.
(ii) The requirement for up to two-thirds of the emergency drinking water may be met by a manually-powered, reverse osmosis desalinator approved under approval series 160.058 and that is capable of producing the substituted amount of water in 2 days.
(41)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.175 was amended by revising paragraph (b)(21)(i)(B), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(b) * * *
(21) * * *
(B) The painter for a lifeboat and each painter for a rescue boat must be of a length that is at least twice the distance from the stowage position of the boat to the waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition, or must be 15 meters (50 feet) long, whichever is the greater.
(a)
(1) Each side of each lifeboat and rescue boat bow must be marked in block capital letters and numbers with—
(i) The name of the vessel; and
(ii) The name of the port required to be marked on the stern of the vessel to meet the requirements of subpart 67.123 of this chapter.
(2) The number of persons for which the boast is equipped must be clearly marked, preferably on the bow, in permanent characters. The number of persons for which the boat is equipped must not exceed the number of persons shown on its nameplate.
(3) The number of the boat and a means of identifying the vessel to which the boat belongs, such as the vessel's name, must be plainly marked or painted so that the markings are visible from above the boat.
(4) The Type II retro-reflective material approved under approval series 164.018 must be placed on the boat to meet the arrangement requirements in IMO Resolution A.658(16).
(b)
(1) The name of the vessel must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(2) The name of the port required to be marked on the stern of the vessel to meet the requirements of § 67.123 of this chapter must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(3) The rigid liferaft must be marked with the words “SOLAS A pack” or “SOLAS B pack”, to reflect the pack inside.
(4) The length of the painter must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(5) At each entrance of each rigid liferaft, the number of persons for which the rigid liferaft is equipped must be marked in letters and numbers at least 100 millimeters (4 inches) high and in a color contrasting to that of the liferaft. The number of persons for which the liferaft is equipped must not exceed the number of persons shown on its nameplate.
By CGD 84-69, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.176 was amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), and (b)(2), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) The name of the port required to be marked on the stern of the vessel to meet the requirements of part 67, subpart 67.13 of this chapter.
(2) The length and beam of the boat and the number of persons for which the boat is equipped must be clearly marked, preferably on the bow, in permanent characters. The number of persons for which the boat is equipped must not exceed the number of persons shown on its nameplate.
(b) * * *
(2) The name of the port required to be marked on the stern of the vessel to meet the requirements of part 67, subpart 67.13 of this chapter must be marked on each rigid liferaft.
(a) Containers, brackets, racks, and other similar stowage locations for lifesaving equipment must be marked with symbols in accordance with IMO Resolution A.760(18) indicating the device stowed in that location.
(b) If more than one device is stowed in a location, the number of devices stowed must be indicated.
(c) Survival craft should be numbered consecutively starting from the vessel's bow. Survival craft on the starboard side should be numbered with odd numerals and survival craft on the port side should be numbered with even numerals.
(d) Each liferaft stowage location should be marked with the capacity of the liferaft stowed there.
(a)
(1) If a training manual is used, a copy must be in each crew messroom and recreation room or in each crew cabin. If audiovisual training aids are used, they must be incorporated into the onboard training sessions described in paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) The training material must explain in detail—
(i) The procedure for donning lifejackets, immersion suits, and anti-exposure suits carried on board;
(ii) The procedure for mustering at the assigned stations;
(iii) The procedure for boarding, launching, and clearing the survival craft and rescue boats;
(iv) The method of launching from within the survival craft;
(v) The procedure for releasing survival craft from launching appliances;
(vi) The method and use of water spray systems in launching areas when such systems are required for the protection of aluminum survival craft or launching appliances;
(vii) The illumination in the launching areas;
(viii) The use of all survival equipment;
(ix) The use ofa ll detection equipment for the location of survivors or survival craft;
(x) With the assistance of illustrations, the use of radio lifesaving appliances;
(xi) The use of sea anchors;
(xii) The use of the survival craft engine and accessories;
(xiii) The recovery of survival craft and rescue boats, including stowage and securing;
(xiv) The hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;
(xv) The best use of the survival craft for survival;
(xvi) The methods of retrieval, including the use of helicopter rescue gear such as slings, baskets, and stretchers; the use of breeches-buoy and shore lifesaving apparatus; and the use of the vessel's line-throwing apparatus;
(xvii) All other functions contained in the muster list and emergency instructions; and
(xviii) The instructions for emergency repair of the lifesaving appliances.
(b)
(2) On a vessel engaged on voyage when the passengers or special personnel are scheduled to be on board for more than 24 hours, musters of the passengers and special personnel must take place within 24 hours after their embarkation. Passengers and special personnel must be instructed in the use of the lifejackets and the action to take in an emergency.
(3) Whenever new passengers or special personnel embark, a safety briefing must be given immediately before sailing or immediately after sailing. The briefing must include the instructions required by § 199.80 and must be made by means of an announcement in one or more languages likely to be understood by the passengers and special personnel. The announcement must be made on the vessel's public address system or by other equivalent means likely to be heard by the passengers and special personnel who have not yet heard it during the voyage. The briefing may be included in the muster required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section if the muster is held immediately upon departure. Information cards or posters, or video programs displayed on the vessel video displays, may be used to supplement the briefing, but may not be used to replace the announcement.
(c)
(2) Every crewmember must participate in at least one abandon-ship drill and one fire drill every month. The drills of the crew must take place within 24 hours of the vessel leaving a port if more than 25 percent of the crew have not participated in abandon-ship and fire drills on board that particular vessel in the previous month.
(3) Drills must be held before sailing when a vessel enters service for the first time, after modification of a major character, or when a new crew is engaged.
(4) The OCMI may accept other equivalent drill arrangements for those classes of vessels for which compliance with this paragraph is impracticable.
(d)
(i) Summoning persons on board to muster stations with the general alarm followed by drill announcements on the public address or other communication system and ensuring that the persons on board are made aware of the order to abandon ship;
(ii) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list;
(iii) Checking that persons on board are suitably dressed;
(iv) Checking that lifejackets or immersion suits are correctly donned;
(v) Lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparation for launching;
(vi) Starting and operating the lifeboat engine; and
(vii) Operating davits used for launching the liferafts.
(2) Abandon-ship drills should also include conducting a mock search and rescue of passengers or special personnel trapped in their staterooms, and giving instructions in the use of radio lifesaving appliances.
(3) Different lifeboats must, as far as practicable, be lowered to comply with
(4) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section, each lifeboat must be launched with its assigned operating crew aboard and maneuvered in the water at least once every 3 months during an abandon-ship drill.
(5) Lowering into the water, rather than launching of a lifeboat arranged for free-fall launching, is acceptable when free-fall launching is impracticable, provided that the lifeboat is free-fall launched with its assigned operating crew aboard and is maneuvered in the water at least once every 6 months. However, when compliance with the 6-month requirement is impracticable, the OCMI may extend this period to 12 months, provided that arrangements are made for simulated launching at intervals of not more than 6 months.
(6) The OCMI may exempt a vessel operating on short international voyages from the requirement to launch the lifeboats on both sides of the vessel if berthing arrangements in port and operations do not permit launching of lifeboats on one side. However, all lifeboats on the vessel must be lowered at least once every 3 months and launched at least annually.
(7) As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats, other than lifeboats which are also rescue boats, must be launched with their assigned crew aboard and maneuvered in the water each month. Such launching and maneuvering must occur at least once every 3 months.
(8) If lifeboat and rescue boat launching drills are carried out with the vessel making headway, such drills must, because of the dangers involved, be practiced in sheltered waters only and be under the supervision of an officer experienced in such drills.
(9) If a vessel is fitted with marine evacuation systems, drills must include an exercising of the procedures required for the deployment of such a system up to the point immediately preceding actual deployment of the system. This aspect of drills should be augmented by regular instruction using the on board training aids. Additionally, every crewmember assigned to duties involving the marine evacuation system must, as far as practicable, participate in a full deployment of a similar system into water, either on board a vessel or ashore, every 2 years but not longer than every 3 years. This training may be associated with the deployments required by § 199.190(k).
(10) Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment must be tested at each abandon-ship drill.
(11) If a vessel carries immersion suits or anti-exposure suits, the suits must be worn by crewmembers in at least one abandon ship drill in any three-month period. If wearing the suits is impracticable due to warm weather, the crewmembers must be instructed on their donning and use.
(12) If a vessel carries immersion suits for persons other than the crew, the abandon-ship drill must include instruction to these persons on the stowage, donning, and use of the suits.
(e)
(f)
(2) Each fire drill must include—
(i) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list for the particular fire emergency being simulated;
(ii) Starting of fire pumps and the use of two jets of water to determine that the system is in proper working order;
(iii) Checking the firemen's outfits and other personal rescue equipment;
(iv) Checking the relevant communications equipment;
(v) Checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, and fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of ventilation systems in the drill area; and
(vi) Checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent abandonment of the vessel.
(3) The equipment used during drills must immediately be brought back to its fully operational condition. Any
(g)
(2) If the crewmember is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to the vessel, the training required in paragraph (g)(1) of this section need be given only within 2 weeks of the time the crewmember first joins the vessel.
(3) The crew must be instructed in the use of the vessel's fire-extinguishing and lifesaving appliances and in survival at sea at the same interval as the drills. Individual units of instruction may cover different parts of the vessel's lifesaving and fire-extinguishing appliances, but all the vessel's lifesaving and fire-extinguishing appliances must be covered within any period of 2 months.
(4) Every crewmember must be given instructions that include, but are not limited to—
(i) The operation and use of the vessel's inflatable liferafts;
(ii) The problems of hypothermia, first aid treatment for hypothermia, and other appropriate first aid procedures;
(iii) Any special instructions necessary for use of the vessel's lifesaving appliances in severe weather and severe sea conditions; and
(iv) The operation and use of fire-extinguishing appliances.
(5) Onboard training in the use of davit-launched liferafts must take place at intervals of not more than 4 months on each vessel with davit-launched liferafts. Whenever practicable, this training must include the inflation and lowering of a liferaft. If this liferaft is a special liferaft intended for training purposes only and is not part of the vessel's lifesaving equipment, this liferaft must be conspicuously marked.
(h)
(i) The date and time of the drill, muster, or training session;
(ii) The survival craft and fire-extinguishing equipment used in the drills;
(iii) Identification of inoperative or malfunctioning equipment and the corrective action taken;
(iv) Identification of crewmembers participating in drills or training sessions; and
(v) The subject of the onboard training session.
(2) If a full muster, drill, or training session is not held at the appointed time, an entry must be made in the logbook stating the circumstances and the extent of the muster, drill, or training session held.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, § 199.180 was amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2)(vi), (a)(2)(ix), (d)(11), and (f)(2)(i), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(vi) The methods and use of devices for protection in launching areas, where appropriate;
(ix) The use of all detection equipment;
(d) * * *
(11) If a vessel carries immersion suits or anti-exposure suits, the suits must be worn by crewmembers in at least one abandon-ship drill per month. If wearing the suits is impracticable due to warm weather, the crewmembers must be instructed on their donning and use.
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the station bill for the particular fire emergency being simulated;
(a)
(b)
(i) Checklists for use when carrying out the inspections required under paragraph (e) of this section.
(ii) Maintenance and repair instructions.
(iii) A schedule of periodic maintenance.
(iv) A diagram of lubrication points with the recommended lubricants.
(v) A list of replaceable parts.
(vi) A list of sources of spare parts.
(vii) A log for records of inspections and maintenance.
(2) In lieu of compliance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the OCMI may accept a shipboard planned maintenance program that includes the items listed in that paragraph.
(c)
(d)
(2) Each lifeboat engine and rescue boat engine must be run ahead and astern for a total of not less than 3 minutes unless the ambient temperature is below the minimum temperature required for starting the engine. During this time, demonstrations should indicate that the gear box and gear box train are engaging satisfactorily. If the special characteristics of an outboard motor fitted to a rescue boat would not allow the outboard motor to be run other than with its propeller submerged for a period of 3 minutes, the outboard motor should be run for such period as prescribed in the manufacturer's handbook.
(3) The general alarm system must be tested.
(e)
(2) Each EPIRB and each SART, other than an EPIRB or SART in an inflatable liferaft, must be tested monthly. The EPIRB must be tested using the integrated test circuit and output indicator to determine that it is operative.
(f)
(1) Each survival craft, except for inflatable craft, must be stripped, cleaned, and thoroughly inspected and repaired, as needed, at least once each year and each fuel tank must be emptied, cleaned, and refilled with fresh fuel.
(2) Each davit, winch, fall, and other launching appliance must be thoroughly inspected and repaired, as needed, once each year.
(3) Each item of survival equipment with an expiration date must be replaced during the annual inspection if the expiration date has passed.
(4) Each battery clearly marked with an expiration date and used in an item of survival equipment must be replaced during the annual inspection if the expiration date has passed.
(5) Except for a storage battery used in a lifeboat or rescue boat, each battery without an expiration date that is used in an item of survival equipment must be replaced during the annual inspection.
(g)
(i) Within 12 months of its initial packing; and
(ii) Within 12 months of each subsequent servicing, except when servicing
(2) Each inflatable lifejacket must be serviced in accordance with servicing procedures meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.176 of this chapter. Each hybrid inflatable lifejacket must be serviced in accordance with the owners manual and meet the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.077 of this chapter.
(3) Each inflatable liferaft and inflatable buoyant apparatus must be serviced—
(i) In accordance with servicing procedures meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.151 of this chapter; and
(ii) Whenever the container of the raft is damaged, or the straps or seal broken.
(4) Each inflated rescue boat must be repaired and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All repairs to inflated chambers must be made at a servicing facility approved by the Commandant, except for emergency repairs carried out on board the vessel.
(h)
(1) Within 12 months of its manufacture; and
(2) Within 12 months of each subsequent servicing, except when servicing is delayed until the next scheduled inspection of the vessel, provided the delay does not exceed 5 months.
(i)
(2) Launching appliances must be thoroughly examined at intervals not exceeding 5 years and, upon completion of the examination, the launching appliance must be subjected to a dynamic test of the winch brake.
(3) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be serviced at the intervals recommended in the manufacturer's instructions, or as set out in the shipboard-planned-maintenance program.
(4) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be subjected to a thorough examination by properly trained personnel familiar with the system at each inspection for certification.
(5) Lifeboat and rescue boat release gear must be operationally tested under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the lifeboat when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment whenever overhauled or at least once every 5 years.
(j)
(i) Be turned end-for-end at intervals of not more than 30 months; and
(ii) Be renewed when necessary due to deterioration or at intervals of not more than 5 years, whichever is earlier.
(2) As an alternative to paragraph (j)(1) of this section, each fall may—
(i) Be inspected annually; and
(ii) Be renewed whenever necessary due to deterioration or at intervals of not more than 4 years, whichever is earlier.
(k)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.190 was amended by revising paragraphs (d)(2) and (g)(4), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(d) * * *
(2) Each lifeboat engine and rescue boat engine must be run ahead and astern for not
(g) * * *
(4) Each inflated rescue boat must be repaired and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All repairs must be made at a servicing facility approved by the Commandant (G-MSE), except for emergency repairs carried out on board the vessel.
Passenger vessels and special purpose vessels described in § 199.10(f), must meet the requirements in this subpart in addition to the requirements in subparts A and B of this part.
(a) Each survival craft must be approved and equipped as follows:
(1) Each lifeboat must be approved under approval series 160.135 and equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(2) Each inflatable liferaft must be approved under approval series 160.151 and equipped with—
(i) A SOLAS A pack; or
(ii) For a passenger vessel on a short international voyage, a SOLAS B pack.
(3) Each rigid liferaft must be approved under approval series 160.118 and equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(4) Each marine evacuation system must be approved under approval series 160.175.
(5) Each liferaft must have a capacity of six persons or more.
(b) Each passenger vessel must carry the following:
(1) A combination of lifeboats and liferafts that have an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board, provided that—
(i) On each side of the vessel, lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate at least 37.5 percent of the total number of persons on board are carried; and
(ii) Any liferafts that are provided in combination with the lifeboats are served by launching appliances or marine evacuation systems equally distributed on each side of the vessel.
(2) In addition to the survival craft required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, additional liferafts must be provided that have a aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate at least 25 percent of the total number of persons on board. The additional liferafts—
(i) Must be served by at least one launching appliance or marine evacuation system on each side of the vessel. These launching appliances or marine evacuation systems must be those described under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section or be equivalent approved appliances capable of being used on both sides of the vessel; and
(ii) Are not required to be stowed in accordance with § 199.130(c)(4).
(c) Each passenger vessel engaged on a short international voyage that also complies with the standards of subdivision requirements for vessels on short international voyages as described in subchapter S of this chapter may, as an alternative to the lifeboat requirements in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, carry lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate at least 30 percent of the total number of persons on board. These lifeboats must be equally distributed, as far as practicable, on each side of the vessel.
(d) Each passenger vessel that is less than 500 tons gross tonnage and is certificated to permit less than 200 persons on board is not required to meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section if it meets the following:
(1) On each side of the vessel—
(i) Liferafts are carried with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on
(ii) Liferafts are carried with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate 150 percent of the total number of persons on board. If the rescue boat required under § 199.202 is also a lifeboat, its capacity may be included to meet the aggregate capacity requirement.
(2) If the largest survival craft on either side of the vessel is lost or rendered unserviceable, there must be survival craft available for use on each side of the vessel, including those which are stowed in a position providing for side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, with a capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.
(a) Each passenger vessel of 500 tons gross tonnage and over must carry on each side of the vessel at least one rescue boat approved under approval series 160.156 that is equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(b) Each passenger vessel of less than 500 tons gross tonnage must carry at least one rescue boat approved under approval series 160.156 that is equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(c) A lifeboat is accepted as a rescue boat if, in addition to being approved under approval series 160.135, it is also approved under approval series 160.156.
(a) Each passenger vessel must have a lifeboat or rescue boat for each six liferafts when—
(1) Each lifeboat and rescue boat is loaded with its full complement of persons; and
(2) The minimum number of liferafts necessary to accommodate the remainder of the persons on board have been launched.
(b) A passenger vessel engaged on a short international voyage that also complies with the standards of subdivision requirements for vessels on short international voyages as described in subchapter S of this chapter may have a lifeboat or rescue boat for each nine liferafts when—
(1) Each lifeboat and rescue boat is loaded with its full complement of persons; and
(2) The minimum number of liferafts necessary to accommodate the remainder of the persons on board have been launched.
(a) Each passenger vessel must carry the number of lifebuoys prescribed in table 199.211 of this section.
(b) Notwithstanding § 199.70(a)(3)(ii), each passenger vessel under 60 meters (196 feet) in length must carry at least six lifebuoys with self-igniting lights.
(a) In addition to the lifejackets required under § 199.70(b), each passenger vessel must carry lifejackets for at least 5 percent of the total number of persons on board. These lifejackets must be stowed in conspicuous places on deck or at muster stations.
(b) Where lifejackets for persons other than the crew are stowed in staterooms located remotely from direct routes between public spaces and muster stations, any additional lifejackets required by § 199.70(b)(2)(v) for these persons must be stowed in the
(a) Each passenger vessel must carry at least three immersion suits approved under approval series 160.171 for each lifeboat on the vessel.
(b) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section, each passenger vessel must carry a thermal protective aid approved under approval series 160.174 for each person not provided with an immersion suit.
(c) The immersion suits and thermal protective aids required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are not required if the passenger vessel operates only on routes between 32 degrees north and 32 degrees south latitude.
(a) The format of each passenger vessel muster list required under § 199.80 must be approved by the OCMI.
(b) The passenger vessel muster list or emergency instructions must include procedures for locating and rescuing persons other than the crew who may be trapped in their staterooms.
(c) As an alternative to the requirements in § 199.80(c), the passenger vessel emergency instructions may meet the requirements of MSC Circular 699 (Guidelines for Passenger Safety Instructions).
(a) Survival craft embarkation arrangements must be designed for—
(1) Each lifeboat to be boarded and launched either directly from the stowed position or from an embarkation deck, but not both; and
(2) Davit-launched liferafts to be boarded and launched from a position immediately adjacent to the stowed positions or from a position where, as described under § 199.130(b)(4), the liferaft is transferred before launching.
(b) Each rescue boat must be able to be boarded and launched directly from the stowed position with the number of persons assigned to crew the rescue boat on board. Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the rescue boat is also a lifeboat and the other lifeboats are boarded and launched from an embarkation deck, the arrangements must be such that the rescue boat can also be boarded and launched from the embarkation deck.
(a) To meet the requirements of § 199.130(b)(1), each lifeboat on a passenger vessel of 80 meters (262 feet) in length and upwards must be stowed where the after-end of the lifeboat is at least 1.5 times the length of the lifeboat forward of the vessel's propeller.
(b) The stowage height of a survival craft must take into account the vessel's escape provisions, the vessel's size, and the weather conditions likely to be encountered in the vessel's intended area of operation.
(c) The height of the davit head of each davit when it is in position to launch the survival craft should, as far as practicable, not exceed 15 meters (49 feet) to the waterline when the vessel is in its lightest seagoing condition.
Each passenger vessel must, in addition to meeting the requirements of § 199.110, have muster stations that—
(a) Are near the embarkation stations, unless a muster station is also an embarkation station;
(b) Permit ready access to the embarkation station, unless a muster station is also an embarkation station; and
(c) Have sufficient room to marshal and instruct passengers and special personnel.
(a) Each davit-launched liferaft must be arranged to be rapidly boarded by its full complement of persons.
(b) All survival craft required for abandonment by the total number of persons on board must be capable of being launched with the survival crafts’ full complement of persons and
(a) An abandon-ship drill and a fire drill, as described in § 199.180, must be conducted on each passenger vessel at least weekly.
(b) The entire crew does not have to be involved in every drill, but each crewmember must participate in an abandon-ship drill and a fire drill each month.
(c) Passengers and special personnel must be strongly encouraged to attend abandon-ship and fire drills.
Cargo vessels and special purpose vessels, as described in § 199.10(g), must meet the requirements in this subpart in addition to the requirements in subparts A and B of this part.
(a) Each survival craft must be approved and equipped as follows:
(1) Each lifeboat must be a totally enclosed lifeboat approved under approval series 160.135 and equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(2) Each inflatable liferaft must be approved under approval series 160.151 and be equipped with a SOLAS A pack.
(3) Each rigid liferaft must be approved under approval series 160.118 and be equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(4) Each liferaft must have a capacity of six persons or more.
(5) Each marine evacuation system must be approved under approval series 160.175.
(b) Each cargo vessel must carry—
(1) On each side of the vessel, lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board; and
(2) Liferafts—
(i) With an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board and that are stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level; or
(ii) With an aggregate capacity on each side sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.
(c) A cargo vessel is not required to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section if it carries—
(1) Lifeboats capable of being free-fall launched over the stern of the vessel that have an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board; and
(2) On each side of the vessel, liferafts with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board with the liferafts on at least one side of the vessel being served by launching appliances or marine evacuation systems.
(d) Cargo vessels less than 85 meters (278 feet) in length, with the exception of tank vessels, are not required to meet paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section if they meet the following:
(1) On each side of the vessel—
(i) Liferafts are carried with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board and are stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level; or
(ii) Liferafts are carried with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate 150 percent of the total number of persons on board. If the rescue boat required under § 199.262 is also a lifeboat, its capacity may be included to meet the aggregate capacity requirement.
(2) In the event the largest survival craft on either side of the vessel is lost or rendered unserviceable, there must be survival craft available for use on each side of the vessel, including those which are stowed in a position providing for side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, with a capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.
(e) Each cargo vessel on which the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stem or stern of the vessel to the nearest end of the closest survival craft is more than 100 meters (328 feet) must carry, in addition to the liferafts required by paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(2) of this section, a liferaft stowed as far forward or aft, or one as far forward and another as far aft, as is reasonable and practicable. The requirement for
(f) Each lifeboat on a tank vessel certificated to carry cargos that emit toxic vapors or gases must be approved as a lifeboat with a self-contained air support system or a fire-protected lifeboat.
(g) Each lifeboat must be approved as a fire-protected lifeboat if it is carried on a tank vessel certificated to carry cargos that have a flashpoint less than 60 °C as determined under ASTM D93-94.
(a) Each cargo vessel must carry at least one rescue boat. Each rescue boat must be approved under approval series 160.156 and be equipped as specified in table 199.175 of this part.
(b) A lifeboat is accepted as a rescue boat if, in addition to being approved under approval series 160.135, it also is approved under approval series 160.156.
Each cargo vessel must carry the number of lifebuoys prescribed in table 199.271 of this section.
(a) Each cargo vessel must carry an immersion suit approved under approval series 160.171 of an appropriate size for each person on board.
(b) If watch stations, work stations, or work sites are remote from cabins, staterooms, or berthing areas and the immersion suits stowed in those locations, there must be, in addition to the immersion suits required under paragraph (a) of this section, enough immersion suits stowed at the watch stations, work stations, or work sites to equal the number of persons normally on watch in, or assigned to, those locations at any time.
(c) The immersion suits required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are not required if the cargo vessel operates only on routes between 32 degrees north and 32 degrees south latitude.
(d) The immersion suits required under this section can be included to meet the requirements of § 199.70(c).
(a) Each lifeboat must be arranged to be boarded and launched directly from the stowed position.
(b) Each davit-launched liferaft must be arranged to be boarded and launched from a position immediately adjacent to the stowed position or from a position where, under § 199.130(b)(4), the liferaft is transferred before launching.
(c) Cargo vessels of 20,000 tons gross tonnage or more must carry lifeboats that are capable of being launched, using painters if necessary, with the vessel making headway at speeds up to 5 knots in clam water.
(d) All survival craft required for abandonment by the total number of persons on board must be capable of being launched with their full complement of persons and equipment within 10 minutes from the time the abandon-ship signal is given.
(e) On a tank vessel carrying crude oil, product, chemicals, or liquefied gases, notwithstanding the requirements of § 199.150(b), each launching appliance, together with its lowering and recovery gear, must be arranged so that the fully equipped survival craft the launching appliance serves can be
(1) The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as amended by the Protocal of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78), in the case of an oil tanker;
(2) The International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, in the case of a chemical tanker; or
(3) The International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk, in the case of a gas carrier.
(a) To meet the requirements of § 199.130(b)(1), each lifeboat—
(1) On a cargo vessel 80 meters (262 feet) or more in length but less than 120 meters (393 feet) in length, must be stowed with the after-end of the lifeboat at a distance not less than one length of the lifeboat forward of the vessel's propeller; and
(2) On a cargo vessel 120 meters (393 feet) or more in length, must be stowed with the after end of the lifeboat not less than 1.5 times the length of the lifeboat forward of the vessel's propeller.
(b) On a tank vessel certificated to carry cargos that have a flashpoint less the 60 °C as determined under ASTM D93-94, each lifeboat or launching appliance of aluminum construction must be protected by a water spray system meeting the requirements of part 34, subpart 34.25 of this chapter.
(c) Other than the stowage position for the liferaft required under § 199.261(e), no stowage position or muster and embarkation station for a survival craft on a tank vessel may be located on or above a cargo tank, slop tank, or other tank containing explosives or hazardous liquids.
(d) Each lifeboat and davit-launched liferaft must be arranged to be boarded by its full complement of persons within 3 minutes from the time the instruction to board is given.
This subpart sets out requirements in addition to the requirements in subparts A, B, C, and D of this part applicable to vessels not subject to SOLAS.
(a) Each vessel must carry a category 1 406 MHz satellite EPIRB meeting the requirements of 47 CFR part 80.
(b) When the vessel is underway, the EPIRB must be stowed in its float-free bracket with the controls set for automatic activation and be mounted in a manner so that it will float free if the vessel sinks.
When the vessel's lifeboats are used to carry persons to and from the vessel in a harbor or at an anchorage, the survival craft remaining on the vessel must have an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate all persons remaining on board.
This subpart sets out specific exemptions and alternatives to requirements in subparts A, B, C, D, and E of this part for vessels not subject to SOLAS.
(a)
(b)
(c)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52819, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.610 was amended by revising paragraph (a) and Table 199.610(a), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) If lifejackets are stowed in cabins, staterooms, or berthing areas that are readily accessible to each watch or work station, the requirement in § 199.70(b)(2)(iv) to have lifejackets at each watch or work station need not be met.
(2) If the vessel carries lifejackets that are designated extended-size, then the number of child-size lifejackets carried to meet § 199.70(b)(1)(i) may be reduced. To take the reduction in child-size lifejackets, extended-size lifejackets having the same lower size limit must be substituted for all of the required adult lifejackets. The number of child-size lifejackets required depends on the lower size limit of the extended-size lifejackets and is calculated by any one of the following formulas where PC is the number of child-size lifejackets expressed as a percentage of the number of lifejackets required under § 199.70(b)(1):
(i) PC=LS÷4.1, where LS equals the lower size limit expressed in kilograms.
(ii) PC=LS÷9, where LS equals the lower size limit expressed in pounds.
(iii) PC=(LS^81)÷7.6, where LS equals the lower size limit expressed in centimeters.
(iv) PC=(LS−32)÷3, where LS equals the lower size limit expressed in inches.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(1) Carry inflatable liferafts approved under approval series 160.051; and
(2) Have liferafts with a capacity less than six persons.
(l)
(m)
(1) Until February 1, 1999, a Coast Guard-approved Class A EPIRB manufactured after October 1, 1988, and installed on the vessel on or before October 1, 1996.
(2) Until February 1, 1999, two Class C EPIRBs installed on the vessel on or before October 1, 1996. Class C EPIRBs must be installed—
(i) In a weathertight enclosure;
(ii) In a readily accessible location;
(iii) One on each side of the vessel;
(iv) If the vessel has two or more widely separated deckhouses, at separate deckhouses; and
(v) At or near a principal embarkation station.
(n)
(o) Deckhands may be used to operate the survival craft and launching arrangements.
(p) Training and drill subjects required under § 199.180 may be omitted if the vessel is not fitted with the relevant equipment, installation or system.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52820, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.620 was amended by revising Table 199.620(a) and paragraph (e), by removing the paragraph designation
(e)
(a) In addition to the alternatives for certain requirements in § 199.620, passenger vessels operating in oceans; coastwise; Great Lakes; lakes, bays, and sounds; and rivers service may comply with alternative requirements to subparts A through C of this part as described in this section for the services specified in table 199.630(a) of this section.
(b) As an alternative to distress signals that meet the requirements of § 199.60, vessels may carry at least 12 hand red flare distress signals approved under approval series 160.021 or 160.121.
(c) As an alternative to the lifeboat capacity requirements of § 199.201(b)(1)(i), vessels may carry lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate not less than 30 percent of the total number of persons on board. These lifeboats must be equally distributed, as far as practicable, on each side of the vessel. Liferafts on these vessels may be either SOLAS A or SOLAS B liferafts.
(d) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may carry inflatable buoyant apparatus having an aggregate capacity, together with the capacities of any lifeboats, rescue boats, and liferafts carried on board sufficient to, accommodate the total number of persons on board. These inflatable buoyant apparatus must—
(1) Be served by launching appliances or marine evacuation systems evenly distributed on each side of the vessel if the embarkation deck is more than 3 meters (10 feet) above—
(i) The waterline under normal operating conditions; or
(ii) The equilibrium waterline after the vessel is subjected to the assumed damage and subdivision requirements in part 171 of this chapter;
(2) Be stowed in accordance with the requirements of §§ 199.130(a), 199.130(c), and 199.178; and
(3) Be equipped in accordance with the requirements in table 199.640(j) of this part.
(e) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may carry—
(1) Liferafts having an aggregate capacity, together with the capacities of any lifeboats carried on board, sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board that are served by launching appliances or marine evacuation systems evenly distributed on each side of the vessel; and
(2) In addition to the liferafts required in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, additional liferafts that have an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate at least 10 percent of the total number of persons, or equal to the capacity of the largest single survival craft on the vessel, whichever is the greater. The additional liferafts are not required to be stowed in accordance with § 199.130(c), but they must be served by at least one launching appliance or marine evacuation system on each side of the vessel.
(f) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may have a safety assessment approved by the local OCMI that addresses the following:
(1) The navigation and vessel safety conditions within the vessel's planned operating area including—
(i) The scope and degree of the risks or hazards to which the vessel will be subject during normal operations;
(ii) The existing vessel traffic characteristics and trends, including traffic volume; the sizes and types of vessels involved; potential interference with the flow of commercial traffic; the presence of any unusual cargoes; and other similar factors;
(iii) The port and waterway configuration and variations in local conditions of geography, climate, and other similar factors; and
(iv) Environmental factors.
(2) A comprehensive shipboard safety management and contingency plan that is tailored to the particular vessel, is easy to use, is understood by vessel management personnel both on board and ashore, is updated regularly, and includes—
(i) Guidance to assist the vessel's crew in meeting the demand of catastrophic vessel damage;
(ii) Procedures to mobilize emergency response teams;
(iii) Procedures for moving passengers from the vessel's spaces to areas protected from fire and smoke, to embarkation areas, and off the vessel. The procedures must address provisions for passengers with physical or mental impairments;
(iv) Lists of external organizations that the vessel's operator would call for assistance in the event of an incident;
(v) Procedures for establishing and maintaining communications on board the vessel and with shoreside contacts; and
(vi) Guidance on theoretical, practical, and actual simulation training that includes the personnel or organizations identified in the plan so they can practice their roles in the event of an incident.
(g) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may carry inflatable buoyant apparatus having an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate 67 percent of the total number of persons on board, minus the capacities of any lifeboats, rescue boats and liferafts carried on board. These inflatable buoyant apparatus must meet the arrangement requirements of § 199.630 (d)(1) through (d)(3). The number of persons accommodated in an inflatable buoyant apparatus may not exceed 150% of its rated capacity.
(h) A vessel need not comply with the requirements for survival craft in § 199.201(b) if the vessel operates—
(1) On a route that is in shallow water not more than 3 miles from shore and the vessel cannot sink deep enough to submerge the topmost deck; or
(2) Where the cognizant OCMI determines that survivors can wade ashore.
(i) As an alternative to the rescue boat required in § 199.202, vessels may carry a rescue boat meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.056 of this chapter if it is equipped with a motor and meets the following:
(1) The towline for the rescue boat must be at least the same size and length as the rescue boat painter.
(2) The rescue boat must meet the embarkation, launching, and recovery arrangement requirements in §§ 199.160 (b) through (f). The OCMI may allow deviations from the rescue boat launching requirements based on the characteristics of the boat and the conditions of the vessel's route.
(j) As an alternative to the requirements of § 199.203(a), a vessel that meets the subdivision requirements in § 171.068 of this chapter may meet the requirements of § 199.203(b).
(k) Vessels carrying lifebuoys may carry—
(1) The number of lifebuoys specified in table 199.630(k) of this section instead of the number required in § 199.211; and
(2) If the vessel carries less than four lifebuoys, at least two with a self-igniting light attached to the lifebuoy. A buoyant lifeline may be fitted to one of the lifebuoys with a self-igniting light.
(l) A deck officer, able seaman, certificated person, or person practiced in the handling of liferafts or inflatable buoyant apparatus is not required to be placed in charge of each inflatable buoyant apparatus, provided that there are a sufficient number of such persons on board to launch the inflatable buoyant apparatus and supervise the embarkation of the passengers. The number of persons on board for the purpose of launching and operating inflatable buoyant apparatus may be reduced during any voyage where the vessel is carrying less than the number of passengers permitted on board, and the number of such persons is sufficient to launch and operate the number of survival craft required to accommodate everyone on board.
(m) The person designated second-in-command of survival craft is not required to be a certificated person if the person is practiced in the handling and operation of survival craft.
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52821, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.630 was amended by revising Table 199.630(a), paragraphs (c), (d)(2), (f) introductory text, (f)(2)(iv), and (g), and adding paragraphs (l) and (m), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(c) As an alternative to the lifeboat capacity requirements of § 199.201(b)(1)(i), vessels may carry lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate not less than 30 percent of the total number of persons on board. These lifeboats must be equally distributed, as far as practicable, on each side of the vessel.
(d) * * *
(2) Be stowed in accordance with the requirements of §§ 199.130 (a) and (c); and
(f) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may have a safety assessment approved by the local OCMI that addresses the following:
(2) * * *
(iv) Lifts of external organizations that the vessel's operator would call for assistance in the event of an incident;
(g) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of § 199.201(b), vessels may carry inflatable buoyant apparatus having an aggregate capacity, together with the capacities of any lifeboats, rescue boats and liferafts carried on board, sufficient to accommodate 67 percent of the total number of persons on board. These inflatable buoyant apparatus must meet the arrangement requirements of §§ 199.630 (d)(1) through (d)(3).
(a) In addition to the alternatives for certain requirements in § 199.620, cargo vessels operating in oceans; coastwise; Great Lakes; lakes, bays, and sounds; and rivers service may comply with alternative requirements to subparts A, B, and D of this part as described in this section for the services specified in table 199.640(a) of this section.
(b) Vessels of less than 150 tons gross tonnage that do not carry persons other than the crew, may carry, as an alternative to distress signals that meet the requirements of § 199.60, six hand red flare distress signals approved under approval series 160.021 and six hand orange smoke distress signals approved under approval series 160.037.
(c) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements of §§ 199.261(b), (c), or (d), vessels may carry one or more liferafts with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board. The liferafts must be—
(1) Readily transferable for launching on either side of the vessel; or
(2) Supplemented with additional liferafts to bring the total capacity of the liferafts available on each side of the vessel to at least 100 percent of the total number of persons on board. If additional liferafts are provided and the rescue boat required under § 199.262 is also a lifeboat, its capacity may be included in meeting the aggregate capacity requirement.
(d) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements in §§ 199.261 (b), (c), or (d), vessels may carry one or more totally enclosed lifeboats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board and one or more liferafts with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board. This combination of survival craft must meet the following:
(1) The aggregate capacity of the lifeboats and liferafts on each side of the vessel must be sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.
(2) If the survival craft are stowed more than 100 meters (328 feet from either the stem or the stern of the vessel, an additional liferaft must be carried and stowed as far forward or aft as is reasonable and practicable. The requirement for the liferaft to float free under § 199.290(b) does not apply to a liferaft under this paragraph, provided the liferaft is arranged for quick manual release.
(e) As an alternative to the survival craft requirements in §§ 199.261 (b), (c), or (d), during periods of the year the vessel operates in warm water, a vessel may carry lifefloats with an aggregate capacity sufficient to accommodate the total number of people on board. The lifefloat launching arrangement, stowage, and equipment must meet the requirements in § 199.640(j).
(f) A vessel need not comply with the requirements for survival craft in §§ 199.261 (b), (c), or (d) if the vessel operates—
(1) On a route that is in shallow water not more than 3 miles from shore and where the vessel cannot sink deep enough to submerge the topmost deck; or
(2) Where the cognizant OCMI determines that survivors can wade ashore.
(g) As an alternative to the rescue boat requirement in § 199.262(a), vessels may carry a motor-propelled workboat or a launch that meets all the embarkation, launching, and recovery arrangement requirements in §§ 199.160 (b) through (f). The OCMI may allow deviations from the rescue boat launching requirements based on the characteristics of the boat and the conditions of the vessel's route.
(h) An an alternative to the rescue boat requirement in § 199.262, vessels may carry a rescue boat meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.056 of this chapter if the rescue boat is equipped with a motor and meets the following:
(1) The towline for the rescue boat must be at least the same size and length as the rescue boat painter.
(2) The rescue boat must meet the embarkation, launching, and recovery arrangement requirements in § 199.160(b). A manually-powered winch may be used if personnel embark and disembark the rescue boat only when it is in the water. If the rescue boat is launched or recovered with personnel on board, the embarkation, launching, and recovery arrangements must also meet § 199.160 (c) through (f). The OCMI may allow deviations from the rescue boat launching requirements based on the characteristics of the boat and the conditions of the vessel's route.
(i) As an alternative to the number of lifebuoys required in § 199.271, vessels may carry—
(1) If the vessel is self-propelled, the number of lifebuoys specified in table 199.640(i) of this section; or
(2) If the vessel is non self-propelled, one lifebuoy on each end of the vessel.
(j)
(1)
(2)
(i) Each inflatable buoyant apparatus must meet the liferaft stowage requirements in § 199.130(c).
(ii) Each buoyant apparatus and lifefloat must—
(A) Meet the liferaft stowage requirements in §§ 199.130(c) (1), (2), (3), (6), and (7); or
(B) Meet the liferaft stowage requirements in §§ 199.130(c) (1), (2), (3), and (6), and have lashings that can be easily released.
(iii) A painter must be secured to the buoyant apparatus or lifefloat by—
(A) The attachment fitting provided by the manufacturer; or
(B) A wire or line that encircles the body of the buoyant apparatus or lifefloat, that will not slip off, and that meets the requirements of paragraph (4)(iii) of this section.
(iv) If buoyant apparatus or lifefloats are arranged in groups with each group secured by a single painter—
(A) The combined mass of each group must not exceed 185 kilograms (407.8 pounds);
(B) Each buoyant apparatus or lifefloat must be individually attached to the group's single painter by its own painter, which must be long enough to allow the buoyant apparatus or lifefloat to float without contacting any other buoyant apparatus or lifefloat in the group;
(C) The strength of the float-free link and the strength of the group's single painter must be appropriate for the combined capacity of the group of buoyant apparatus or lifefloats;
(D) The group of buoyant apparatus or lifefloats must not be stowed in more than four tiers and, when stowed
(E) The group of buoyant apparatus or lifefloats must be stowed to prevent shifting with easily detached lashings.
(3)
(4)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) Be at least 30 meters (100 feet) long, but not less than three times the distance from the deck where the buoyant apparatus, inflatable buoyant apparatus, or lifefloats are stowed to the vessel's waterline with the vessel in its lightest seagoing condition;
(B) Have a breaking strength of at least 6.7 kiloNewtons (1,500 pounds-force), or if the capacity of the buoyant apparatus or lifefloat is 50 persons or more, have a breaking strength of at least 13.4 kiloNewtons (3,000 pounds-force);
(C) If made of a synthetic material, be of a dark color or be certified by the manufacturer to be resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet light;
(D) Be stowed in such a way that it runs out freely when the buoyant apparatus or lifefloat floats away from the sinking vessel; and
(E) Have a float-free link meeting the requirements of part 160, subpart 160.073 of this chapter secured to the end of the painter that is attached to the vessel, that is of the proper strength for the size and number of the buoyant apparatus or lifefloats attached to the float-free link.
(iv)
By CGD 84-069, 63 FR 52821, Oct. 1, 1998, § 199.640 was amended in paragraph (i)(2) by removing the number “256” in the last line of Table 199.640(i) and replacing it with the number “656”, and by revising paragraph (h)(2), effective Nov. 2, 1998. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth as follows:
(h) * * *
(2) The rescue boat must meet the embarkation, launching, and recovery arrangement requirements in §§ 199.160 (b) through (f). The OCMI may allow deviations from the rescue boat launching requirements based on the characteristics of the boat and the conditions of the vessel's route.
This listing is provided for informational purposes only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the Coast Guard, Department of Transportation.